THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


E.  0.  p;si 

Li  - 
i»  i 

GAULAS,  iiiXAS, 


GRAHAM'S 

BUSINESS 

SHORTHAND 

An  Arrangement  of  Graham's  Standard  or  American 
Phonography  for  High  and  Commercial  Schools 


By 
CHANDLER  SEXTON 


NEW  YORK 

ANDREW   J.    GRAHAM    &    CO. 
1910 


;  UOHT,   1015,  BT 

ANDREW  J.  GRAHAM  k  CO. 


^~  ■ 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Preface 5 

Chart  of  the  Alphabet 8 

Introduction 9 

Directions  for  Writing 10 

Lesson 

1.  Consonant  Strokes  (Straight) 11 

2.  Vowels  (Second-place) 13 

Ticks  for  a,  an,  and,  the — Punctuation 15 

3.  Consonant  Strokes  (Curved) 17 

4.  S  and  Z,  Circle  for 19 

5.  Word-signs 21 

6.  Vowels  (First-place) 24 

7.  Consonant  Strokes  (Last  nine) 27 

£j     8.  Word-signs — Phrase- Writing 30 

**     9.  Vowels  (Third-place) 33 

r:              Word-Signs 35 

Review  of  Simple-Consonant  Word-Signs 37 

Li    10.  Diphthongs — Contractions 38 

11.  Vowel  and  Diphthong  Word-Signs 43 

Derivative  Word-Signs — Ticks  added  to  Vowel  Word- 

;?              Signs — Iss  added  to  Word-Signs,  Uses  of 44 

&    12.  Time-Saving  Expedients— Ticks  for  /,  how,  he 47 

5               Prefixes  con-,  com-,  accom — Suffixes  -ing,  -ings 4S 

Words   omit  led   and    indicated  —  Position   of    words   of 

several  strokes 49 

13.  Loops — Ses-Circle 51 

j               Word-Signs  containing  Iss,  Ses,  or  Steh 53 

fcj    14.  The  Halving  Principle 5(5 

P               ILlf-Length  Word-Signs 58 

15.  The  Halving  Principle  (continued) 01 

1G.  W  and  Y,  Different  ways  of  expressing 65 

Way-hook  Word-Signs  and  Contractions 07 

17.  W  and  Y  (continued) 70 

Enlarged  Brief  Way  and  Yay 71 

18.  Emp  or  Emu — Ish  or  Shay,  Uses  of 74 

Emp  Word-Signs 75 

,'i 


tn 


1  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

PAGE 

19  II.  I  Afferent  ways  of  expressing ~N 

20  I  n  and  El    As  and  R        I    •    of 81 

Omission  of  Vowels 82 

21.  Initial  H< •> >k-<    TheL-Hook 

Words  added  by  thei-hook 

I   llmik  Word-Signs  and  Contractions 

n  1 1  m.  I  [< "                           !  be  ft-hook 90 

\\  ords  added  by  the  r-hook *x\ 

23    I:  > k  Word-Signs  and  <  lontractions (»»; 

24.  Initial  Hooka  [continued)  — Ler-  and  Hel-Hooks 1<h» 

\\  ords  added  by  enlarging  an  /-  or  an  r-hook 101 

The  In-hook... 101 

j     1  in  m.  Books    The  F-  or  V-hook l<>4 

Words  added  by  the /-hook 105 

l   book  Word-Signs  and  Contractions HMi 

26    Pinal  Hooks    continued) — Tho  X-hook 108 

N-hook  Word-Signs  (First  List) 110 

27.  Words  added  by  the  n-hook 114 

N-hook  Word-Signs  (Second  Lisl    115 

28    Piw  m.  Hooks  [continued  —The  Shon-hook 118 

The  Tiv-hook 1 10 

The  Eshon-hook 120 

Shon-,  Tiv-.  and  Eshon-hook  Word-Signs 121 

29.  The  LENOTHENiNa  Principle 125 

poke  Word-Signs 127 

Words  added  by  lengthening 127 

N  PH  M  II  D  I'ki  1  DEES 130 

31.  Contracted  Prepuces  {continued) 133 

n  i  r  m  ted  Suffixes 1:37 

1         ion  o»  Consonants  and  Words-   Numbers — 

Advanced  Phrasing  Principles ill 

Si  PPLEMENTART   PRACTICE — 

President  WH          I            Germany 117 

;rt  Reporting l.-,7 

I 
Is  of  similar  consonants  distinguished  by  difference  of 

outline,  position  <>r  vocalization lr,:; 

Alphabetic  J..                [-Signs 171 


PREFACE 

All  the  principles  taught  in  this  book  have  been 
recommended  by  the  Standardization  Committee  of 
the  National  Shorthand  Reporters'  Association  and  en- 
dorsed by  that  Association  after  a  long  and  unbiased 
investigation  for  the  purpose  of  discovering  the  best  use 
of  all  available  shorthand  material.  In  the  arrange- 
ment and  manner  of  presentation  of  these  principles,, 
there  will  be  found  a  number  of  departures  from  the 
previous  order.  Outlines  for  words  are  given  in  the 
first  lesson;  sentences,  in  the  second;  phrase  and  posi- 
tion writing  is  followed  from  the  start;  while  the  halving 
principle,  the  omission  of  vowels,  and  other  time-saving 
expedients  are  introduced  early  in  the  course.  No  out- 
line is  given  in  any  exercise  that  will  be  written  differently 
further  on  in  the  text.  For  the  greater  convenience  of 
the  teacher  and  pupil,  the  words  in  the  exercises,  wher- 
ever possible,  have  been  arranged  in  columns.  Easy 
business  letters  are  given  in  the  reading  and  writing  ex- 
ercises after  the  first  few  lessons.  These  changes  in  the 
method  of  presentation  have  been  made  in  response  to 
the  suggestions  of  many  teachers  of  wide  experience. 
Yet  there  is  nothing  in  this  text  at  variance  with  the 
many  helpful  practice  and  reference  books  already  pub- 
lished in  the  supplementary  literature  of  the  Graham 
system — a  most  valuable  consideration  for  all  who  desire 
to  reach  the  highest  planes  of  shorthand  efficiency. 

As  the  title  suggests,  the  purpose  of  this  book  is  to 
prepare  the  student  to  meet  successfully  the  demands 
made  upon  the  shorthand  writer  in  modern  business 
life.     A  further  purpose  is  to  effect  this  preparation  in 


6  Preface 

the  BhortesI  possible  time  consistent  with  good  work. 
With  that  «'n<l  in  view,  great  care  baa  been  observed  in 
selecting  the  winds  for  illustration  and  drill,  bo  that  the 
student's  knowledge  of  commercial  terms  will  be  in- 
creased by  liis  shorthand  study.  Yet  it  must  nol  be 
assumed  because  of  this  that  the  text  is  unsuited  for 
those  who  desire  to  prepare  for  court  reporting  work; 
for  the  shorthand  principles  employed  are  identical  in 
both  field-. 

<  )f  the  ( indium  system  itself  it  is  unnecessary  to  speak 
.•it  length;  its  popularity  among  the  expert  writer-  of 
the  country,  and  it-  endorsement  by  the  National  Short- 
hand Reporters'  Association,  are  evidences  of  its 
superiority. 

To  the  teachers  throughout  the  country  who  have 
aided  us  by  suggestions  in  the  preparation  of  this  text, 
our  sincere  thanks  are  due  and  given. 


CHART  OF  THE  ALPHABET 

i  ONSONANTS 

by  each  ugn  i<  the  nine  as  that  of  the  italic-  letter 
■  i i  in  the  word  uiiO.it  ih  name. 

Sign:         \      \         I         I  /      /      __     _ 

Nam  i  Pee,    Bee,   T<   .    Dee,    Cbay,  Jay,   Kay,    G 

bay,    tea,     do,      chew,  juice,  fcick,    go, 

v_  v.  (     (    )  o   )  ^   ^  r  ^  / 

Ef,   Vee,  lt!i,  THce,Es,  [as,  Zee,  Ish,  Zhay,  Lay,  Ar,  Ray, 
rim,  <Aink,  them,  *o,  8,3,  zeal,  show,  usual,  low,  rim,    r, 

^w  V  c    ,    r    «    «    <<  . 

Em,  En,  Inn,  Way,  Wet,  Woh,  Yay,  Yeb,  Yoh,  Hay,  Ileh. 

BO,    wi/«7,  WOe,       W,        W,       yew,       y,  y,     hew,      h. 

SIMPLE  VOWELS 
First-Place 

Short —  |   =  I  as  in  ,7;      I    =   a  as  in  hot,  or  a  as  in  watch. 

Second-Place 

i 
Long  '       i  as  in  in, ili  ;  j"      5  as  in  own, 

i 
short  e  as  in  pel;       !~=  ft  as  in  h/;. 

Third-Place 

Long         .      &  as  in  arm',  }—  =  do  as  in  food. 

Shori  a  as  in  (i/;     |_  =  do  as  in  foot,  or  u  as  in  full. 

DIPHTHONGS 

represents  ai    <>r  1,     as  m  aisle,  ire. 
01    or  oy,     "    oil,     loyal. 

on  <>r  ow,     "     mil,    tower 
u    or  nr,     "     /i//(o,  mew. 


INTRODUCTION 

Graham's  Standard  Phonography  is  a  system  of  writing 
English  according  to  sound.  It  has  a  letter  for  each 
distinct  sound,  of  which  there  are  forty.  These  are 
divided  into  classes  called  consonants,  vowels,  and 
diphthongs.  There  are  twenty-four  consonants,  twelve 
vowels  and  four  diphthongs. 

As  only  the  sounds  are  represented  in  Phonograph}7, 
silent  letters  in  the  common  spelling,  as  a  in  tea  and 
ugh  in  though,  are  not  expressed  in  Phonography. 
C,  which  is  sometimes  sounded  like  s  and  sometimes 
like  k,  as  in  cease  and  cow,  has  no  corresponding  sign; 
for  each  sound  has  its  distinct  sign.  Nor  has  x,  which 
sometimes  represents  the  sound  of  ks,  as  in  box,  and 
sometimes  z,  as  in  Xenia.     Q  always  has  the  sound  of  k. 

Nomenclature 

The  Graham  system  provides  a  met  hod  by  which  a 
name  can  be  made  with  the  common  alphabet  for  every 
possible  combination  of  the  Phonographic  signs.  Those 
names  are  called  the  nomenclature,  and  it  is  important 
that  the  student  should  learn  them,  as  by  their  use  his 
progress  will  be  hastened  and  the  labor  of  the  teacher 
lessened. 

The  Alphabet 

The  Chart  of  the  Alphabet  is  for  reference  only.  The 
letters  will  be  taught  in  sections.  But  the  attention  of 
the  student  is  called  to  the  arrangement  of  the  first 
sixteen  consonants  into  pairs  of  similar  signs  to  repre- 

9 


10  (,  nihil  in' s    II  it  si  hiss   Short  ha  ml 

Bent   pairs  of  Bimilar  sounds,     a  light  si^n  for  :i  light 
sound,  ;i  heavy  sign  for  a  heavy  Bound.    The  remaining 
consonants  cannot   be  paired;  thdse  used  most  are  rep- 
ted  by  liuht  Btrokes. 

The  simple  vowels,  likewise,  are  arranged  in  pairs  of 
li^ht  and  heavy  signs  for  light  and  heavy  sounds.  And 
to  distinguish  the  similar  signs,  they  are  written  in 
three  positions  beside  the  consonant-strokes.  Thus,  a 
vowel  written  opposite  the  beginning,  nii<l<lle,  or  end  of 
a  consonant-stroke  is  called,  respectively,  a  first- place, 
or  third-place  vowel.  The  heavy  signs  are 
for  the  "long"  vowels;  and  the  light  ones  are  for  the 

"short  **  vowels. 


Directions  for  Writing 

\  good  steel  or  gold  pen  is  the  best  writing  instru- 
ment, because  the  distinction  between  light  and  heavy 
strokes  is  more  easily  made  with  a  pen  than  with  a 
pencil.  However,  when  facility  with  a  pen  has  been 
acquired,  the  student  should  use  a  pencil  frequently 
enough  to  become  accustomed  to  it  and  to  reading 
pencil  notes.  Hold  the  pen  or  pencil  as  for  long  hand — 
the  wrist  above  the  table  and  the  hand  resting  lightly 
on  the  nails  of  the  third  and  fourth  fingers. 


LESSON  1 

CONSONANT  STROKES 

1.  There  are  twenty-four  consonants.  The  first  eight 
are  given  below.  The  sound  represented  by  each  sign 
is  the  same  as  that  of  the  italic  letter  or  letters  in  the 
word  under  its  name. 

Sign:     \     \  |         |  /        / 

Name:    Pee,  Bee,  Tee,  Dee,  Chay,  Jay,     Kay,  Gay. 
Sound:  pea,  6ay,  tea,    do,     chew,    juice,  kick,  go. 

2.  Pee  and  Bee  should  slant  45  degrees;  that  is, 
midway  between  Kay  and  Tee;  thus:  _\J ;  Chay  and 
Jay  should  slant  less  than  Pee;  thus:  ]/__ 

3.  These  eight  strokes  and  their  names  should  be 
mastered  before  proceeding  further.  Write  the  first  six 
downward,  stopping  at  the  line  of  writing.  Write  the 
last  two  from  left  to  right.  Make  the  signs  the  size  of 
the  examples.  A  good  method  of  practice  is  to  fill 
several  lines  of  a  note-book  with  each  pair  of  strokes, 
naming  them  as  you  write;  thus: 

\\    \\    \\    W    \\    \\    \\    \\ 


4.  Joining  Consonant  Strokes. — All  the  consonants 
in  a  word  should  be  written  without  raising  the  pen, 
each  succeeding  stroke  beginning  where  the  preceding 

11 


12  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

one  ends.  When  the  first  Btroke  of  a  word  is  horizontal 
.•mil  the  ncxl  is  writ  ten  downward,  the  horizontal  is 
written  above  the  line,  so  thai  the  Becond  stroke  may 
upon  it.  Tec  and  Dee  Bhould  be  vertical.  When 
joined  to  another  stroke,  Pee,  Bee,  ("hay, and  Jay  may 
slani  more  or  less  than  when  standing  alone.  Care- 
fully notice  examples  in  tin-  exercises, and  follow  them 

as  closely  :i-  possible. 

.">.  Joining  Light  and  Heavy  Consonants. — Observe 
carefully  that  joined  light  and  heavy  straight  conso- 
nants, having  the  same  direction,  are  written  as  one 
stroke,  without  stopping. 

ti.  Outlines .  The  consonants  of  a  word,  when  prop- 
erly joined,  are  called  its  outline. 

7.  A  hyphen  -)  between  sign-names  indicates  that 
the  signs  are  to  be  joined. 

8.  Dotted  Lines.— Dotted  lines  correspond  to  ruled 
lines  on  writing  paper. 

9.  Copy  the  outlines  of  the  following  Reading  Exer- 
cise ten  times;  with  the  tenth  time,  write  opposite  each 
outline  its  name,  as  shown  in  the  following  examples: 

N^.Pee-Bee, Cay-Kay,  ..     Chay-Tee,.  I  .Dee-Dee. 

READING  EXERCISE 

,-Y>>--^-N---\\-Vr-y> 

-k-M-l    ^-  L--k-M-f^-L 

L      Vi    f.L.  L.  ^.k_H.._f_L-  Z__.TTX 

V         1  / ^  -\  —   — I 


Vowels 


13 


WRITING  EXERCISE 


10.  Write 

anc 

1   number 

the 

signs  for 

•    th 

e  followi 

names : 

1.  Gay-Pec 

11. 

Kay-Jay 

21. 

Kay-Bee 

31. 

Pee-Chay 

2.  Dee-Tee 

12. 

Tee-Gay 

22. 

Chay-Tee 

32. 

Gay-Kay 

3.  Bee-Kay 

13. 

Bee-Tee 

23. 

Pee-Kay 

33. 

Dee-Jay 

4.  Kay-Gay 

14. 

Kay-Dee 

24. 

Kay-Pee 

34. 

Pee-Dee 

5.  Dee-Bee 

15. 

Tee-Kay 

25. 

Tee-Dee 

35. 

Tee-Bee 

6.  Chay-Bee 

16. 

Bee-Pee 

26. 

Jay-Pee 

36. 

Gay- Jay 

7.  Kay-Kay 

17. 

Kay-Tee 

27. 

Gay-Gay 

37. 

Tee-Pee 

8.  Dee-Pee 

18. 

Tee-Jay 

28. 

Dee-Kay 

38. 

Dee-Dee 

9.  Bee-Dee 

19. 

Pee-Gay 

29. 

Tee-Tee 

39. 

Pee-Bee 

10.  Jay-Kay 

20. 

Kay-Chay 

30. 

Chay-Gay 

40. 

Tee-Chay 

LESSON  2 

VOWELS 

11.  There  are  twelve  simple  vowels,  represented  by- 
light  and  heavy  dots  and  dashes.  The  sounds  for  which 
they  stand  are  their  names.  Writing  the  vowels  in  their 
proper  places  is  called  vocalization.  These  places  are  on 
either  side  of  a  consonant,  at  the  beginning,  middle,  or 
end;  and  they  are  called,  respectively,  first-place,  second- 
place,  and  third-place. 

12.  Second-Place  Vowels. — The  letter  Tee  is  here  used 
to  show  the  position  the  second-place  vowels  occupy 
at  the  side  of  a  consonant.  Any  other  consonant-stroke 
may  be  so  used. 

Long —   |«  =  a  as  in  make;      \-  =5  as  in  own. 

Short —  r   =e  as  in  pet;  r  =  u  as  in  up. 

13.  Order  of  Writing  and  Reading. — The  consonants 
of  a  word  are  written  first;  the  vowels  are  then  writ  ten 
in  their  proper  positions  at  the  sides  of  the  consonants. 
Dash-vowels 'are  written  at  a  right-angle  to   the  con- 


]  I 


Graham* a  Business  Shorthand 


Bonant-etroke.  A  vowel  above  a  horizontal  consonant, 
or  to  the  left  of  any  other,  is  read  before  the  conso- 
nant; thus:  '  oak,  -|  owed.  A  vowel  below  a  hori- 
zont.il  consonant,  or  at  the  right  of  any  other,  is  read 
\i  ii  r  the  consonant ;    thus:  -r-  gay,   \    pay. 

ll.  Seconds-Place  Vowels  Between  Strokes. — (a)  A  long 
second-place  vowel  occurring  between  two  consonant- 
strokes  is  written  AFTER  the  first  stroke;  thus:  V     poke, 

cake .       {b)    A  short  second-place  vowel  occurring 

between  two  consonant-strokes  is  written  before  the 
second  Btroke;   thus:   \_l_  buck,   __  keg. 

I"..  Second  Position  of  Words. — Words  composed  en- 
tirely of  horizontal  strokes  are  written  on  the  line  when 
the  accented  vowel  is  second-place.  Other  words  having 
a  Becond-place  accented  vowel  are  written  so  that  the 
first  BLANTING  or  VERTICAL  stroke  rests  on  the  line. 
Words  bo  written  are  in  the  second  position.  The  fol- 
lowing  outlines  illustrate  this  position  and  should  be 
copied  repeatedly.  Pronounce  the  name  of  each  con- 
sonant and  vowel  as  it  is  made. 


. .  ate *l  - 

O.lt  .."I o\\.      -I 

A  ■  .    X 

;  .  poke . 


;  acisE 

aid 'I ache.  _ 

. .  onk .  _j day.  _  I* 

.  toe I- doc... I: 


. .  obey .  .X  -  - 

jay  --A. .- 

-So-  _ 


cocoa 


cape 


..  bakc.N tape.-K take.  L 

..  cope_.I.\  ..cage 'J- 


\ etch...'. 

buckVu   __.tiib-.L-. 


duck. 


.-  dug.. 


..edge-./ egg. — : budge  ~\- 

..  touch ...^..tug.  L Dutch.  X. 

.  chuck.  Ll jug_-_l cup.~X. 


Vowels-  Ticks — Punctuation  15 

16.  Write  and  vocalize  the  outlines  for  the  following 
words : 

pay,  age,  bay,  gage,  gape,  choke,  check,  tuck,  chub, 
poke,  peck,  dub,  pug,  opaque,  peg,  poach,  beg,  deck, 
dough,  coach,  tow. 

TICKS 

17.  Because  of  their  very  frequent  recurrence,  the  words 
the,  a,  an,  and  are  generally  represented  by  ticks  joined 
to  the  preceding  or  following  word. 

18.  The  is  expressed  by  a  light,  slanting  tick  joined 
to  a  preceding  word  and  written  downward  or  upward, 
that  direction  being  chosen  which  produces  the  sharper 
angle;   thus:  \  pay  the,  'I  ate  the. 

19.  A,  an,  or  and  is  expressed  by  a  light,  horizontal 
or  vertical  tick,  sometimes  joined  to  a  preceding  word, 
but  more  frequently  to  a  following  one;  thus:  !•  a  day, 

•"1  an  aid,  ~h_  and  take. 

20.  The  horizontal  and-tick  may  be  joined  to  the 
vertical  one  for  the  phrase  and  a  (or  an);  also  to  the 
the-t\ck  for  the  phrase  and  the;  thus:      ...and  a  (or  an); 

and  the.  Care  should  be  taken  to  place  the  horizon- 
tal tick  of  these  phrase-signs  on  the  line,  to  avoid  con- 
fusing them  with  similar  signs  to  be  taught  later. 

PUNCTUATION 

21.  In  Phonography  the  principal  mark  of  punctua- 
tion is  the  period,  which  is  written  like  Chay-Chay: 
--/--.    A  paragraph  mark  is  --//...  ;   or  a  greater  space 

may  be  left  between  sentences  than  is  usual.  The  hy- 
phen, which  is  needed  occasionally  to  connect  compound 


Id  Graham* s  Business  Shorthand 

words,  i  .  A  proper  noun  is  distinguished  from  a 
common  noun  sary,  by  two  Bhorl  dashes  under  the 

proper  noun:    I*  Day.    The  dash  is  a  waved-line:  — -  . 

This  sign  is  also  written  under  a  word  or  words  to  in- 
dicate thai  they  arc  tube  underscored  in  the  transcript 
or  emphasized  in  reading  the  notes.  The  ordinary 
comma,  semi-colon,  colon,  interrogation,  and  exclama- 
tion points  are  written  when  deemed  necessary. 

[LEADING  EXERCISE 

Dopiod  until  it  can  bo  written  neatly  and  readily. 

1.   Job,  pay- the  check  and-obey- the  judge.    2.    Ed.  Page  ate- the 
."..  Cato,  bake    an-oal    cake   and-poach  an-egg.    4.  Joe, 

L,  _^.'ZS/._X  -  £__...  I. _  L.  _.T^__ 

take-the  babe  a-cape.  5.  Abe,  etch-the  Dutch  jug  and-take-the 
oak       keg    and-aid  Jake    Pope. 


LESSON  3 

CONSONANT  STROKES— Continued. 

22.  Sign:     ^      V.     (  (        )      )       J       J 
Name:    Ef,  Vee,    Ith,    THee,  Es,  Zee,    Ish,    Zhay. 
Sound:  foe,  t>im,  think,  them,  so,  zeal,  show,  usual. 

23.  (a)  Each  of  this  second  group  of  eight  strokes  is 
written  downward.  (6)  The  heavy  curves  should  be 
thickest  at  the  center,  tapering  both  ways,  (c)  Ith, 
Tuee,  Es  and  Zee  should  stand  so  that  their  ends  would 
touch  a  vertical  line. 

24.  Joining  Consonant-Strokes. — There  should  be  no 
angle  between  Ef,  Vee,  Ith,  or  THee  and  a  following 
Kay  or  Gay.  They  should  be  written  as  one  stroke. 
When  a  heavy  curve  and  a  heavy  straight  consonant 
are  joined  without  an  angle,  they  should  be  of  equal 
thickness  at  the  point  of  junction;    thus:^ Vee-Gay, 

Dee-Vee. 


Ic 


EXERCISE  ON  JOINING  THE  CONSONANTS 

Copy  repeatedly.    Name  each  stroke  as  you  make  it. 


--H-V-l-S-c-y^J--Vr-f+ 


17 


is  (, r, ilium's  Business  Shorthand 

r-H-^-k 

25.  < '<»i>y  the  following  words  several  times.  Be  care- 
ful lo  make  the  "long"  vowels  heavy  and  the  "short" 
ones  light.  Heavy  signs  should  ho  made  with  the  first 
stroke  of  pen  or  pencil,  not  by  retracing.  Transcribe 
into  longhand  and  number  each  word  as  it  is  numbered 

below. 

l...v:.    ...  2  -J: 3  __.'•    ...   4    ~X__     5  —  ,\ 

)•_..    7  .„)•„.  8  -_J-___   9 h 10.  _J. 

11  -   '  .  ...  12..  J 13  ...I 1-1  __Vi   ___.15  _.^ 

1C_  AL_        17  .-( 18. _.)-___  19___A  ...  20_.k, 

-'i    .G 22  :;..J±.  ..  2-1  ..37...._ 


26.  Join  the  consonant-signs  for  the  sounds  of  the 
italic  Letters  in  the  following  words.  Disregard  the 
other  letters. 


WHITINC,    EXERCISE 


I.  /op 

6. 

above 

11. 

fishy 

16. 

Daoey 

21. 

Joshua. 

7. 

r<  i-  y 

12. 

shady 

17. 

thatch 

22. 

cash 

3.  bogy 

8. 

ask 

13. 

teeth 

18. 

thick 

23. 

gamy 

■ 

Ih'irf 

11. 

avowed 

19. 

sheath 

24. 

Bessie 

10.  shaggy       15.  pitffy        20.  co/fee       25.  6us/» 


LESSON  4 


THE  CIRCLE  FOR  S  AND  Z 

27.  (a)  On  account  of  the  frequent  occurrence  of  the 
sounds  of  s  and  z,  they  are  represented  sometimes  by 
the  stroke  signs  )  )  ;  but  generally  by  a  small  circle,  °, 
which  is  particularly  convenient  for  joining.  (6)  The 
name  of  the  small  circle  is  Iss. 

28.  Iss  is  joined — 

1.  To  Straight  Strokes,  by  a  motion  contrary  to 
that  of  the  hands  of  a  clock;   thus: 


^ 

E 

£ 

a o 

sps, 

ets, 

schs, 

sks, 

Names:  Spees, 

Stees, 

Iss-Chays, 

Skays, 

2.  To  Curves,  on  the  inside;  thus: 

Sefs,  Svecs,    Siths,  Sthces,    Iss-Es-Iss,   Iss-Zees,  Sish-Iss. 

3.  Between  Straight  Strokes  Forming  an  Angle, 

outside  of  the  angle;  thus: 

Pees-Tec,        Kays-Pee,         Chays-Tee. 

4.  Between  Curves,  usually  on  the  inside  of  the 

first;   thus:A^,__Efs-Vee,  _. C_  Tiiees-Ef, 

19 


20  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

;,.  Between  Straight  and  Cum,!  Strokes,  inside 
of  thecurve;  thus:  «  Pees-Ith,  .^  Dees- 
Es,  '  a      Efs-Kay. 

29.  Rules  for  Using  Tss.—Ibb  Bhould  be  used,  gen- 
erally— 

1.  When  8  (or  C  sounded  like  s)  begins  a  word 

of  two  or  more  consonant-. 

2.  For  8  or  z  at  the  middle  or  end  of  a  word. 

30.  (a)  Issat  the  beginning  of  a  consonant-stroke  is  read 

hi;- i ;  th.it  is  before  the  stroke  and  any  vowels  beside 
the  stroke;  thus:  5\  soap,  f-  stow.  (b)  Hence,  the 
Btroke)  or  )  must  be  used  after  an  initial  vowel,  as  in 
•)  ace,  -)  owes. 

31.  (o)  Iss  at  the  end  of  a  consonant-stroke  is  read 
LASTjthus:  '•  face,  [•  daze,  (h)  Hence,  the  stroke  must 
be  used  before  a  final  vowel,  as  in  say,  daisy. 

!<•  ■■!  downward. 

sage...'/ said I stay k_.days t__  shows..  <^>.-. 

sakc      o_^_      soak     a_i_      stow Jr..  case       __o    fuss .v°._ 

safe...-> sup £v spake     \ checks     /Lo   shucks    -Aj> 

&> such..  "j£ spoke    V pose ^>__upset ^f--- 

set l...  suck     a baize... ^s.  ..dose l~__ 

Caution. — In  such  words  as  J: — desk,  J^—  dusk,  it 
Bhould  I"'  observed  that  the  vowel  does  not  occur  between 
two  consonant-STBOKES,  but  between  two  consonants  the 
d  of  which  is  represented  by  a  circle;  hence  the  rule 
of  Paragraph  14,  b,  does  not  apply,  and  vowels  of  what- 
place  must  be  written  by  the  stroke  next  to  which 
they  are  heard. 


Word- Signs  21 


READING  EXERCISE 

Head,  copy  repeatedly,  and  read  from  your  own  notes. 


i  V  L*     v^.  y/  2  a    A/   K/3   1    -l   _ 
■X.  -^  _/  4    A  ^_.N_    1-   \-/  5  ^  A.N,  V_ 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

To  be  written  in  phonography.    Join  the  words  connected  by  a  hyphen. 

1.  Judge  Pope  and-Judge  Gutchess  spoke.  2.  A-duck's  egg 
upsets  Seth  Jessup.  3.  Abe  shaves-the  chef  and-takes  a-cake. 
4.  Guess  Faith  Page's  age.  5.  Ed.  Devoe  says  take  both  tubs 
and-desks. 


LESSON  5 


WORD-SIGNS 

33.  In  order  to  gain  speed  in  writing,  words  that  are 
used  very  often  are  each  represented  by  only  a  part  of 
its  full  outline.  These  parts,  when  made  by  a  single 
pen-movement,  are  called  word-signs.  The  term  is  used 
both  for  the  sign  and  the  word. 

34.  Position  of  Word-Signs. — Consonant  word-signs 
are  written  in  three  positions,  with  reference  to  the  line 


22  Graham* 8  Business  Shorthand 

nf  writing,  in  order  to  indicate  or  Buggest  the  vowel, 
or  the  accented  our.  The  "superior"  figure  printed 
with  the  name  of  :i  Bign  indicates  the  position  of  the 
Bign,  and  Bhould  1><-  named  when  memorizing  it.  For 
instance,  Pee1  Bhould  be  pronounced  "Pee  two,  up." 

35.  It  is  necessary  to  write  a  few  word-signs  out  of 

the  position  of  their  accented  vowel  to  prevent  their 
being  confounded  with  similar  signs  which,  according  to 
the  genera]  rule,  would  occupy  the  same  position.  Also 
some  word-signs  which,  if  placed  according  to  their 
accented  vowel,  would  be  in  either  the  first  or  the  third 
position,  are  written  in  the  second  (on  the  line),  because 
that  is  the  most  convenient  for  the  writer. 

36.  SECOND-POSITION 
SIMPLE-CONSONANT  WORD-SIGNS 

\  Pee*,  up  V.  Ef2,  for 

\  Bee2,  be,  object',  ob'ject  ^  yee2)  iiave 

I  Tee5,  it  (    Ith2,  think 

I  Dee2,  do  (    THee2,  them,  they 

/  Chay*,  which,  change-d  )  Es!,  so 

/  Jay*,  advantage  )  Zee»(  wa3 

Kay*,  come,  Co.  (contraction  ,    „         , 

for  company;  as,  Sage  &  Co.)  c   "*«  :i"'  haa 
Norm.  — Tbia  ugn  should  be  used  for       /  T  , , 

r.imjkiiij/  i.nly  wbeoit  is  part  of  a  firm  -     Isle,  shall 
III  II  If. 


—  ( Say*,  together 


J  Zhay2,  usual-ly 


Word-Signs  23 

37.  The  ticks  for  the,  a,  an,  and,  may  bo  joined  to 
the  stroke  word-signs  as  well  as  to  simple-consonant 
strokes;  and  are  joined  to  the  signs  for  as  and  has,  thus: 
../o.  as  (or  has)  the;  q_  as  (or  has)  a  or  an;  _o  and  as 
(or  has). 

READING  EXERCISE 

Read,  copy,  and  transcribe  from  your  own  notes. 

i.  L7_r^.^_\.^.4-/ 2'  l-o-(-):,-^-  I  -  /-A. 
(/s.   L_\_LLLJS3     4.    .^_XB_^..k.-i 
'5.     V^^A,    -__/o.     /:.„V- 


J.  _    _    lL_„\„k-/7.    -A..-    b_   V  Z~ 


A___ Z^  ?    io.  /„.A..k...( k  ?. 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1.  So  it  was  an-advantage  for  them,  was  it?  2.  Do  they  take 
it  as-a  joke?  3.  Joseph  Pope  &-Co.  have-the  tubs.  4.  Take-the 
folks  up  a3  they  come.  5.  Bess  and-Ed  usually  come  together 
for-the  eggs  and-pay  for  them  as  they  take  them. 


LESSON  6 


VOWELS— Continued. 


38.  First-Place  Vowels— 

Long. —  |*  =  e  as  in  eat;  |"  =  a  as  in  all. 
Short. — |*  =  I  as  in  it;  \~  =  6  as  in  hot,  or  a  as 

in  watch. 

39.  First  Position  of  1Yords. — (a)  When  the  accented 
vowel  of  a  word  Is  first-place,  the  outline  is  written  so 
that  the  bottom  of  its  first  slanting  or  vertical  stroke  is  half 
the  height  of  a  Tee  above  the  line,  (b)  If  the  outline  is 
composed  cut  inly  of  horizontal  strokes,  it  is  written  the 
full  height  of  a  Tee  above  the  line.  Words  so  written 
are  in  the  first  position.     Examples: 


I  11. 


V4-  -4 


eat,    keep,      odd,       talk,     peep,  teeth,  sheaf,     thick 


key,      kick,         cog. 

!<).  First-Place  Vowels  Between  Strokes. — When  a  first- 
place  vowel  occurs  between  two  strokes,  it  is  written 
beside  the  first  one. 


bees. 


No 


_.  sip. . 


•) 


•\ 


sobs vicious . 


.  socks cautious 


k- 


.  bick 


Vowels  25 

seep I sieve bob ^s^ sickish . 

•  p 

siege pause fog caustic 

X  )  v- 

seethe saw cog_  J faucet 4-- 

I'  .—      u.        J'       ••        VLp 

tease cause  __' ship 2^_ visit ill  — 

fees thaws thick deceit-  _  It 

TEST  WORDS 

1  pause  5  bog  9  sheath.  13  disk  17  seedy 

2  copy  6  gaudy  10  ox  14  gossip  IS  deposit 

3  cheap  7  shoddy  11  botch  15  shock  19  beseech 

4  teethe  8  thief  12  cobs  16  odds  20  Esop 

41.  FIRST  POSITION 

SIMPLE-CONSONANT  WORD-SIGNS 

_^_  Bee1,  by,  buy                                  „.  Ef1,  if 
Tee1,  time  Vee1,  ever 

___  Dee1,  dollar  ___   Es1,  see 

/  ° 

/__  Chay1,  each  ...  Iss1,  is,  his 

Kay1,  common  ...    Ish1,  she,  wish 

~  Gay1,  give-n 

is  the is  a  {or  an), and  is  (or  his). 

4 


26  a  nihil  mss  Business  Shorthand 

READING   EXER<  IS] 

i    N   x      ^  £r/s  L_   '...V-V3  ""J 

'     I  A    .l.o— -L    Xr^/5     !_.^-    )     o.-_o 

j/*  _V..(   _  -..1  J3„  -^-o  .l/i  71  \ 


OPTIONAL  TEST   KXKRCISE 


1.  Bpoke 

_'.  dusty 

:;.  effigy 

l.  coax 

S  vague 

ti.  ethics 

7.  custody 

8.  suffix 

9.  I- 

in.  pesky 


21. 


11.  gussel 

12.  .sketch 

13.  episode 
1 1,  edit 
15.  deceive 
ir>.  teacup 

17.  sheathe     27. 

is.  keepsake  28. 

19.  toady       2'.). 

20.  sheepish    30. 


gusty 

folks 

pasty 

fussy 

efface 

filth 

visage 

paucity 

d<  bauch 

sawed 


31.  escape 

32.  chalk 
:;:;.  visit 

34.  civic 

35.  tu]  lie 

36.  sought 

37.  pop 

38.  fu-; 
:;!».  jockey 
Hi.  Scutch 


41.  dodge 

42.  bib 

43.  putty 

44.  daub 
15.  calk 
46.  faucet 
17.  coffee 
48.  balk 
l!>.  ditty 
50.  fix 


WRITING    KXERCISK 


1.  They  seek  a-petty  advantage  for-the  city.  2.  Take-the  teacup 
up  for  Bessie.  3.  Save-the  soap  checks  for  a-desk  for  Edith.  4.  It 
dusty  -lay  for-the  job.  .">.  It  is-a  pity  his  speech  is  so  caustic. 
i>.  Give  Codey  &-Co.  a-check  for-the  safe.  7.  Was  Joe  given  coffee 
and-an  euu'.'  his  face  is  chalky,  s.  Seise-the  ship  ami-beach  it. 
'.>.  Give  Buck  a-box  for  In-  eggs.     10.  Augustus  says  Jessie  is  sick. 


LESSON  7 

CONSONANT  STROKES— Continued. 

42.  Sign:  C  "^  X"  ^v_  w  ^  T^ 
Name  :  Lay,  Ar,  Ray,  Em,  En,  Ing,  Way,  Yay,  Hay 
Sound:  low,      rim,     me,   ?io,  wing,  woe,  yew,  hew 

43.  (a)  When  it  stands  alone,  C  is  always  written 
upward.  (6)  When  joined  to  another  sfrofce-consonant, 
it  may  be  written  upward  or  downward,  according  to 
convenience,  (c)  It  is  called  Lay  when  written  up- 
ward, and  El  when  written  downward;  thus: 

n.„r^?„..c c 

Lay-Es,   Lay-Em,   El-Gay,   El-Ing. 

44.  Ar,  Way,  and  Yay  are  always  written  downward. 

45.  (a)  Ray,  the  straight  sign  for  r,  is  always  written 
upward  and,  when  standing  alone,  at  a  considerably 
greater  slant  than  Chay,  from  which  it  is  distinguished 
by  its  greater  slant;  thus:  /  Chay,  /  Ray.  (6)  When 
Chay  and  Ray  are  joined  to  other  stroke-consonants, 
they  are  easily  distinguished  by  their  direction,  Chay 
being  always  written  downward  and  Ray  upward;  thus: 


/__„..  n____  c_. 

Kay-Chay,   Kay-Ray,   Lay-Chay,   Lay-Ray. 

46.  Em,  En,  and  Ing  are  written  from  left  to  right. 

47.  Hay  y  ,  is  always  written  upward. 


27 


28  (, nilm ih*s  Business  Shorthand 

iv  I  may  be  joined  to  Hay  at  the  beginning 
by  making  a  circle  in  place  of  the  book;  thus:  ,  Iss- 
Hay.  (6)  This  will  not  be  mistaken  for  Iss-Ray,  which 
bas  the  circle  on  the  opposite  Bide;   thus:  -*Sl 

lit.  A>  Lay,  Ray,  and  Hay  are  always  written  up- 
wan  1,  their  beginning  is  at  the  bottom  and  the  vowels 

are  placed  accordingly;  thus:    -Jaw,      -    raw,  _£s_haw. 

READING   liXERCISE 
-.  and  transcribe   nr  read)  from  your  own  notes. 

v    :    v7 

"->• \ -\-  - v .. 

it.   :>«  ■>  ->•  ^      ^.    ~v   r    •  *_A:.y 


Consonant  Strokes  29 

BUSINESS  LETTER 


TEST  WORDS 

Write  Ar,  the  curve,  only  when  a  small  capital  r  ia  used. 


1.  agency      11. 

2.  always      12. 

3.  bunches   13. 

4.  baseness  14. 

5.  caused      15. 

6.  city 

7.  citizen 

8.  dealeR 

9.  delay 
10.  deposit 


16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 


diminish  21. 
dozen  22. 
dullness  23. 
eaiily 
enough 
eRroii 
exchange  27. 
fence  28. 
heavy  29. 
hurried     30. 


24. 
25. 
26. 


knock 

infcR 

leakage 

lovveR 

mistake 

months 

notice 

officer 

hasty 

pistol 


31.  Ream 

32.  receipt 

33.  receive 

34.  rcpaiit 

35.  russet 

36.  rugs 

37.  same 

38.  sawed 

39.  service 

40.  solicit 


41.  solid 

42.  succeed 

43.  summer 

44.  tongue 

45.  varies 

46.  vicinity 

47.  visit 

48.  wringcR 

49.  wrench 

50.  wrought 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

1.  Tom's  mistakes  diminish-t he  agency's  receipts.  2.  Mary  and- 
Elsie  have  each  a-dollar  for  a-dozen  lilies  and-a  dozen  pinks.  3.  Paul 
Terry  wrote  a-page  for-the  Sunday  Republic.  4.  His  office  is  small. 
5.  James  will  come  and-change-the  rugs.  6.  Give-the  officer  a-pistol. 
7.  Take-the  citizen's  receipt  for-the  wringen.  8.  Summer  dullness 
caused  a-heavy  loss.  9.  Bob  always  comes  for-the  Sunday  service. 
10.  Hasty  tongues  make  many  enemies.  11.  Have-the  mason  repaiR- 
the  leak  by-the  chimney.  12.  Exchange-the  check  for  money  and- 
pay  for-the  fence.    13.  SLx  months'  notice  is  enough. 


LESSON  8 


W<  >K  D-SIGNS— PI  1 1 !  ASE-WRITING 

."pit.  In  the  Chart  of  t he  Alphabet,  brief  signs  arc  given 
for  w  and  y.  The  use  of  these  as  consonants  will  be  ex- 
plained later;  but  as  it  is  now  desirable  for  the  sake  of 
phrase-writing  to  w-tv  them  as  word-signs,  they  are  in- 
cluded in  the  following  list  of 


SIMPLE-CONSONANT  WORD-SIGNS 

___  Ar\  hear,  her,  here  ^    Al'"-      are     (sometimes 

Ray2;  as,  «/  you  arc) 

___  Em1,  me,  my  ^—^  Em2,  am,  him,  may 

___  En1,  any,  in  v_x  En*,  know,  no 

___  Eng1,  thing  -w  Ing*,  language 

__.  Way1,  why  "^    Way2,  way 

_-.  We1,  we  c     Weh-,  were 

.WehSwith  o     Wuh',  would 

Wtth1,  what  C    Yay-,  your 

.--  Yfih1,  year,  years  u    Yfih*,  yet 

—  Ytth1,  beyond  n     Yah-,  you 

Lay-,  will 

30 


Word-Signs — Phrase-Writing  31 

51.  Compound  Words. — Outlines  for  compound  words 
composed  of  word-signs  are  formed,  whenever  prac- 
ticable, by  joining  the  separate  signs;   thus: 

anything,  -W--   forever,  \ —  become. 

PHRASE-WRITING. 

52.  The  speed  and  legibility  of  writing  are  consider- 
ably increased  by  the  judicious  use  of  phrase-writing; 
that  is,  by  joining  words  occurring  together  in  phrases 
and  clauses.  In  order  to  acquire  this  valuable  art  as 
soon  as  possible,  the  student  should  diligently  practice 
the  joining  of  word-signs,  as  shown  below  and  else- 
where, until  he  can  do  it  without  hesitation  and  with 
neatness  and  rapidity.  The  first  word  of  a  phrase-sign, 
unless  it  is  a,  an  or  and,  is  usually  written  in  its  proper 
position,  and  the  other  word  or  words  follow  without 
regard  to  position.  Occasionally,  a  first-position  Brief 
Way  or  a  horizontal  stroke-consonant  is  raised  or  lowered 
slightly  to  allow  the  second  word  to  follow  in  its  proper 
position,  as  in  Wuh-Tee1,  what  time;  En-Chay1,  in  each; 
so,  also,  it  is  sometimes  advantageous  to  take  as  out  of 
its  position  and  join  it  to  a  following  word  that  depends 
upon  its  position  for  legibility;  as,  Sef1,  as  if;  Sef2,  as 
for.  As  the  student  gains  in  experience,he  will  gradually 
extend  the  practice  of  phrase-writing  beyond  the  limit 
of  word-signs.  Examples  of  such  phrases  will  be  given 
in  the  exercises  as  the  principles  of  the  system  are  ex- 
plained. 

53.  Phrase-Signs  —  ~\>are  you,  Udo  you.  *s«n    for  you.V  for  which, 

give  you,__*Sj-.  have  you,  \^    here  you  are,  ^-,        if  you  will, 

w — >. think  you  may,    t         will  you,     (       if  we.     I    it  is  (or  has). 
.1  ..it  was,  ./  .  was  it,   V.  we  have,         what  a  (or  an),         what  the, 


32  Graham* 8  Business  Shorthand 

1  uli.it  it  was  '  r  has),  /-—  which  may, 

which  you.       >■        which  you  may...  *'  ...    which  you  will, 

would  a  (or  an),     .     would  the,  .a... would  be...  .    .  would  do. 

would  it,      -        .  you  arc.    ■-/ you  will.     ,     \      you  will  be, 

o 
■    I  you  will  do, .. .        as  it..  as  for 

READING  EXERCISE 

Rc:nl,  copy,  and  read  or  transcribe  from  your  own  notes. 

i..^i,...^..(I?.y/2.  k_.^_r__£L/3.  c.A.. 

..r_L_  ^.^C/q.  (   L.  )r„_£L_ 
.  <    •   '  io.    -  (  O.-Sr.Z.i/n.  (:L-...^.. 

21.    ..^1.   ^>L....r^..^._^f.^7/22.      („,__  I.. 

^  o../fc.JL  .7?./.  23.  _^„.rr^>._^:.^-. 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

Write  in  shorthand.and  join  the  words  connected  by  hyphens. 

1.  Why  are  we  here?  2.  Will-you  sell-the  bunch  for  a-dol- 
lar?  3.  Do-you  both  speak-the  same  language?  4.  My  feaR  is 
for-you.  5.  You-will-be  safe  if-we  take-you  beyond  your  depth. 
6.  In  what  year  were  they  in  Minnesota?  7.  Do-you  know  what  is 
yet  in-the  box?  8.  Shall  we  hear  her  sing?  9.  Mary  came  for  me 
Sunday.  10.  Ring  up  Bell  &  Co.  and-say  they  may  have  200  dozen 
eggs.  11.  Do-you  know  any  reason  for  his  being  here?  12.  Would 
Mollie  give  her  what  she  came  for? 


LESSON  9 

VOWELS— Continued. 

54.  Third-Place  Vowels. — 

Long —  I.     =  a  as  in  arm;    |_  =  oo  as  in  food. 

Short — |.     =  a  as  in  at;     |_    =6t>  as  in  foot,  or 

u  as  in  full. 

55.  Third  Position  of  Words. — (a)  The  first  slanting  or 
vertical  stroke  of  a  word  having  a  third-place  accented 
vowel  is  written  through  the  line;  (6)  outlines  having  only 
horizontal  'strokes  are  written  a  little   below  the  line. 


:;i 


Grahams  Business  Shorthand 


Words  bo  written  are  in  the  third  position;  thus: 

back,       -;-  look,         Bat,    .^-.  nag,  (cook. 

56.  Third-Place  Vowels  Between  Strokes.— When  a 
third-place  vowel  occurs  between  two  .s/ro/.e-consonants, 
il  is  written  opposite  the  end  of  the  second  stroke;  thus: 

i 


par, 


nap, 


loop, 


pull. 


Remark. — I»  n  few  oaaea^greater  clearness  will  result  from  a  non-observance  of 
tin-  nilefl  for  writing  first-place  and  third-place  vhwcIh  between  strokes,  as  a  vowel 


would  sometimes  \»-  in  an  angle  if  the  rule  were  followed;  thus:  /v^^ 
In  Buoh  oaMBapUuse  tli"  vowel  away  from  the  angle;  thus: 


READING  EXERCISE 

Read,  copy  several  times,  and  transcribe  your  own  notes. 


* 


57.  \\ 
vocalize 
them  to 
l.  paa 

:?.  taa 
him 

5.  CI&B 

6.  psalm 

7.  sa|> 

8.  Kick 


rite  in  the  posit 
the  outlines  for 
correspond  with 


ion  of  the  accented  vowel  and 
the  following  words.  Number 
the  numbers  below. 


in.  Blap 

1 1.  map 

12.  rack 

13.  magic 
1 1.  arch 

15.  arnica 

16.  arson 


17. 
IS. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
■22. 
23. 
24. 


rally 

hank 

rash 

rasp 

tarry 

marry 

carry 

carried 


25.  spool 

26.  tomb 

27.  uoom 

28.  -loop 

29.  moose 

30.  choose 

31.  loose 

32.  woo 


33.  soon 

34.  swoop 

35.  moor 

36.  losen 

37.  book 

38.  soot 

39.  cooky 
■in.  mood}' 


Vowels  35 

58.  THIRD  POSITION 

SIMPLE-CONSONANT  WORD-SIGNS 

-*s_.  Pee3,  hope,  happy,  party  _/__  THee3,  though 

..\._  Bee3,  to  be  _\     Es3,  us,  use  (noun) 
._|-_  Tee3,  at,  out  \_  Zee,3  use  (verb) 

„|__  Dee3,  had,  advertise-d-ment         )..  Ish3,  issue 

._/_  Chay3,  much,  charge-d  -fz.  Lay3,  whole 

._/._  Jay3,  large  _r^_  Ar3,  our,  hour 

Gay3,  go  Em3,  home 

_i      Ef3,  few  En3,  own 

i   ..  Vee3,  however  lug3,  long,  along 

/_  Ith3,  thank-ed,  thousand  _rs.  Way3,  away 

READING  EXERCISE 

This  exercise   contains  all  the  simple-consonant   word-signs   but  am,    and  it  is 
suggested  that  it  be  used  for  review  until  those  signs  are  thoroughly  learned. 

^:_...r...jr  -/4  ^---i-^~\-/5  J 


36 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


i     \/7^..0\^..rs..— ...r? 


/ 


~> 


I    \ 


V/ 


12     SI. 


nj/xx  r_- 


^n 


13 


5    ^    "^     V.     ^     o 


V 


-^o/i5.,o..ej^.-..<rrr..  V is  l 


17    .r...^...X...B^p..„\..<r^  _L_L^/l8     < 

k/22      L,  v  ,       _..j^  A...\--..Ny^/23  L.^ 
\f..b...(/26u..Ilv:sA.i„3./. 


27 


V_v     ■*. 


^.v^r 


^ 


2S 


.)..). 


1 


29 


■) 


:>  -,  L  / 


30 


./„.-r^..^..^1,.j/31 


iU-d.o 


V 


V 


U.SK. 


c/ 


\\  RITING   EXERCISE 

1.  Pay  your  bills   with-checka   if-you   wish   receipts.     2.  A-rainy 

■  lay  usually  loweas  our  sales.     3.  If  you  are  sick,  omit  your  usual 

go   home    as  -    Mary   and-Elsie  come   in.    4.  She 


Review  of  Word-Signs 


37 


would  as  calmly  await  her  death  as  her  marriage.  5.  Rake  up-the 
leaves  and-bury-the  rubbish  in-tlie  ditch.  6.  Our  money  is  in-the 
savings  bank  and-is  safe.  7.  They  had  a-whole  page  advertisement 
in-the  Sunday  Sun.  8.  Marcia  has-a  large  income  and-is  to  be 
married  in  May.  9.  You-may  exchange-the  cup  for-the  cape  if-you 
wish,  though  we-think  you-will-be  sorry  if-you  do.  10.  They  said, 
however,  they  would  carry  out  as-much-as  they  had  Room  for  in- 
the  shop. 


REVIEW     OF     SIMPLE-CONSONANT     WORD-SIGNS 


advantage,  Jay2 
advertise-d,  Dee3 
advertisement,  Dee3 
along,  Ing3 
am,  Em2 
any,  En1 
are,  Ar2 
as,  Iss2 
at,  Tee3 
away,  Way3 
be,  Bee2 
beyond,  Yuh1 
buy,  Bee1 
by,  Bee1 
change-d,  Chay2 
charge-d,  Chay3 
Co.  (company),  Kay' 
come,  Kay2 
common,  Kay1 
do,  Dee2 
dollar,  Dee1 
each,  Chay1 
ever,  Vee1 
few,  Ef3 


for,  Ef2 
give-n,  Gay1 
go,  Gay3 
had,  Dee3 
happy,  Pee3 
has,  Iss2 
have,  Vee2 
hear,  Ar1 
her,  Ar1 
here,  Ar1 
him,  Em2 
his,  Iss1 
home,  Em3 
hope,  Pee3 
hour,  Ar3 
however,  Vee.3 
if,  Ef1 
in,  En1 
is,  Iss1 
issue,  Ish3 
it,  Tee2 
know,  En2 
language,  Ing2 
large,  Jay3 


long,  Ing3 
may,  Em2 
me,  Em1 
much,  Chay3 
my,  Em1 
no,  Kn- 
ob' ject,  Bee2 
object',  Bee2 
our,  Ar3 
out,  Tee3 
own,  En3 
party,  Pee3 
see,  Ks1 
shall,  Ish2 
she,  Ish1 
so,  Es2 

thank-ed,  Ith3 
them,  THee2 
they,  THee2 
thing,  Ing1 
think,  Ith2 
though,  THee' 
thousand,  Ith-1 
time,  Tee1 


to  be,  Bee3 
together,  Gay2 
up,  Pee2 
us,  Es3 

use  (noun),  Es3 
use  (verb),  Zee3 
usual-ly,  Zhay2 
was,  Zee8 
way,  Way2 
we,  Well1 
were,  Weir' 
what,  Wuh1 
which,  Chay2 
whole,  Lay3 
why,  Way1 
will,  Lay2 
wish,  Ish1 
with,  Weh1 
would,  Wuh2 
year-s,  Yeh1 
yet,  Yeh2 
you,  Yuh2 
your,  Yay2 


449571 


LESSON  10 

DIPHTHONGS— CONTRACTIONS 

59,  A  diphthong  is  a  union  of  two  simple  vowels  pro- 
nounced in  one  Byllable. 

GO.  The  four  diphthongs  most  commonly  used  are 
represented  in  Graham  shorthand  by  small  angular 
marks;  thus: 

|v  represents  ai  or  *,   as  in  aisle,  ire. 

|A  "  oi  or  oy,    "  oil,     loyal. 

|A         "  ou  or  ow,    "  out,    tower. 

\<        "         u   or  cw,    "  tune,  mew. 

61.  The  diphthong  signs  should  always  be  written  as 
shown  above;  that  is,  the  sign  for  i  should  always  point 
downward  and  be  in  the  first  position;  that  for  oi, in 
the  same  position  and  point  upward;  those  for  ou  and 
u  arc  always  written  in  the  third  position,  ou  pointing 
upward  and  u  to  the  left,  as  shown  in  the  following 
examples: 

pie,    shy,    lie,    toil,    royal,     invoice. 
_/*„.^-___k _ 

A  < 

mouse,  row,  mouth,  due,   music. 

62.  Diphthong  Signs  Joined. — When  the  junction  is 
easy  the  diphthong  signs  may  be  joined  initially  or 
finally;  thus: 

eyed,    .    ice,  ...   oil,  -^  bough,         cue. 


Diphthongs  39 

63.  Consecutive  Vowels  Written  with  Separate  Signs. — 
(a)  When  the  first  two  letters  of  a  word  are  vowels 
represented  by  separate  signs,  the  second  is  written 
nearest  the  consonant-stroke,  and  is  read  next  before 
it;  thus:  s?] aerate,  (b)  When  the  last  two  letters  of  a 
word  are  vowels  represented  by  separate  signs,  the  last 
is  written  a  little  further  from  the  consonant-stroke  than 
the  first;   thus:     C^  Genoa. 

64.  (a)  When  two  vowels  occur  between  two  con- 
sonant-strokes, one  vowel  is  written  to  each  stroke,  if 
that  can  be  conveniently  done;  thus: \C^  poem,  (b)  But 
otherwise  both  vowels  are  written  to  the  same  stroke; 
thus:  l^~duel. 

65.  Copy  the  following  outlines  until  you  are  sure  you 
know  the  diphthong  signs  and  the  method  of  writing 
two  consecutive  vowels. 

..    r        r-  ....  r   ..  )v   ..  c    .  ^ 


boiler bow. \^.. cow allow,  .^...row...^^ mow 

cowl f.~.  foui...V^...fouier..\svC>t.endow..'^rfr^Arowdy.__^r1.'.dew  I.   . 

chew.../      cue  pure  \cL  hcw...^ff.f .. beauty. ..'V.bureauNs^' 

duty 1 tube.   ' 


k 


.idea  ..... .Owen  >*L:.Ohio...5?y.\...payee 


dewy. 1'.. doughy. I.~... Noah  v^_--.  Maria v via radii.  S\\ 

Genoa..C^-.opiumOvrrrT^dial towel,  j^m  .  jeweiy^  .  ruin^x^ 


II) 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


tit;.  Write  in  the  position  of  the  accented  vowel  and 
vocalize  the  outlines  for  the  following  words: 


\\iii-  II,  the  downward  stroke,  when  a  «mall  capital  l  is  used. 


pipe 
pike 

VII.'' 

N'ii.c 
ili  ilf 

6.  tile 

7.  fife 

8.  nhvme 


9.  mighty  17.  loyal  25.  mouse  33.  cuRe 

in.  guide  L8.  royally  26.  rouse  34.  tube 

11.  toil  19.  doily  -'7.  anouse  35.  cubic 

12.  oil  20.  oilea  28.  denounce  36.  view 

13.  boy  21.  bowea  29.  mouth  37.  slew 

14.  coy  22.  cowl  30.  ounce  38.  renew 

15.  coileR  2:?.  vow  31.  pure  39.  renewed 

16.  decoy  24.  scow  32.  nine  40.  acute 


41.  piety       42.  gaiety      43.  Cheyenne  44.  Judea 

67.  The  term  contraction  is  used  for  an  incomplete 
outline  of  two  or  more  strokes;  also  for  the  word  the 
outline  represents.  Following  are  contractions  for  a  few 
common  words,  the  complete  outlines  for  which  are 
too  long  for  rapid  writing: 


u 


Jay*-En, 
January 

EP-Bee, 
February 

En-Vee*, 
November 


.        DeesMCm, 
\ — s   December 


-1- 


Fnis-Ch:iy\ 
Massachusetts 


EP-Em, 
V^— ^  familiar-ity 

Ar-Gay, 
\__   irregular-ity 

En-Jay*, 
..Tr7._  knowledge , 
New  Jersey 

^ Em-Ish*-Ray, 

Z7)^l.  machinery 

Em-En-EP, 
manufacture-d, 


PeeMvay, 
\ peculiar-ity 

v  Pee-- Bee, 

--N^-  public-ation, 

v   publish-ed-cr 

Ray*-Ef, 
/  V  refer-red-ence 


Ray*-Efs,  re- 
fers, references 


En-Vay-. 
J^L-New  York 


.   Ray«-Gay, 

manufacl  urer     :  regular-ity 

En*-Gay, 
neglect- ed 


/ 


-Vee, 
Pennsylvania 

Kay-Jay*, 
acknowledge 

lay, 

aver   j 


En-Vee*, 
never 


EntVee* 

V     nevertheless 


EnfTee*, 
notwithstand- 
ing 


Ray-Pee, 
/  \    represent 

Ray--Pee:Dee, 
/\|  represented 

Rays*-Pee, 
respect-ful-ly 

Siin--Ing, 
something 


r 


Contractions 


41 


Remark  1. — No  confusion  arises  from  having  a  contracted  outline  stand  for 
two  words,  as  familiar,  familiarity,  for  the  context  at  once  indicates  whether  the 
outline  should  be  read  as  an  adjective  or  as  a  noun. 

Remark  2. — The  sign  "t"  between  the  names  of  two  strokes  indicates  that 
the  second  stroke  is  to  be  written  through  the  first.  A  colon  ":"  in  a  similar 
case  indicates  that  the  second  stroke  is  disjoined. 

Remark  3. — Derivatives. — (a)  Signs  ior  regularly,  irregularly,  peculiarly ,  familiarly, 
may  be  formed  by  writing  Lay  near  the  end  of  the  last  stroke  of  regular,  etc. 
Ray-Ef  being  rt'fer,  reference,  adding  las  makes  refers,  references. 

READING   EXERCISE 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

Join  words  connected  by  a  hyphen. 

1  Ship-the  machinery  via-the  Pennsylvania.  2  His  Feb- 
ruary invoice  is  in-the  outside  office.  3  Our  New-York  mill  will 
have-the  tiues  ready  by  January.  4  Your  bank  deposits  for 
November  show  your  sales  were  large.  5  Notwithstanding  many 
delays  in  manufacture,  our  boilens  were  ready  for  use  in-December. 


U  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

i,  Acknowledge  receipt  and-keep-the  slip  for  reference.  7  Ybu- 
tnay  renew  our  advertisement  in-the  News.  8  They-eaid  some- 
thing  was  inside-the  i >i i »<-.  '.»  Bia  irregularities  caused  his  dis- 
|  id  Dubuque  is-a  city  in  Iowa.  11  Notwithstanding 
our  familiarity  with  machinery,  it-was  nevertheless  something 
we-had  never  seen  in  any  Pennsylvania  mill.  12  At-the  jeweler's 
you-will  Bee  something  represented  to-be  a-peculiar  jewel.  13 
We-shall-have-the  machinery  for-thebake  shop  set  up  by-the  time 
they  come.  11  W<  -wish  to-be  regularly  represented  in  New- York 
City. 

BUSINESS  LETTER 
Isaac  Hughes, 
Dubois,  Pa. 
Sir:     Your  advert isenicnt  in  Tuesday's  New   York   Times   was 
rhar^rd  at-the  regular  rate  for  five  inches.     It  makes-the  bill  $6.25, 
for-which  we-hopc-you-will  mail  us  your  check. 
Yours-rcspectfully, 


LESSON  11 


VOWEL  AND  DIPHTHONG  WORD-SIGNS 

68.  The  vowels  are  written  alone  in  two  positions, 
above  and  on  the  line,  as  word-signs.  For  the  sake  of 
distinction,  the  dash-vowels  are  written  in  different 
directions. 

69.  The  dash-vowel  signs  are  named  after  half-length 
consonant-strokes  (to  be  explained  later)  which  they 
resemble,  with  the  suffix  oid  (meaning  like  or  resembling) 
added. 

70.  VOWEL  AND  DIPHTHONG  WORD-SIGNS 

Name 

The- dot  s  Bedoid2,  too,  two 

A,  An,  or  And-dot  '  Dedoid2,  oh,  owe 

N        Bedoid1   all  '  Jedoid2,  who,  whom 

.[ .      Dedoid1,  already,  awe  x  Petoid2,  to 

_'_      Jedoid1,  ought  '  Tetoid2,  but 

\        „  ,   • ,,     ,  /       Chetoid2  should 

Petoid1,  of  ' 

i  v       I1,  I,  high 

_'_      Tetoid1,  or 

Chetoid1,  on 

Remark  1. — (a)  When  the  begins  a  sentence  and  whenever  the  tick  for  the  can- 
not be  joined  easily  at  the  end  of  a  word,  use  the  dot.  (It)  Use  the  dot  for  a  when- 
ever it  is  more  convenient  than  the  tick. 

Remark  2. — When  pronouncing  the  names  of  the  dash-vowel  signs,  accent  the 
first  syllable;   thus:    Bed'oid. 

Remark  3. — (a)  On  and  should  are  written  downward  when  standing  alone. 
(b)  When  joined  to  other  words,  the  upward  direction  is  usually  the  most  con- 
venient. « 

43 


II  Graham* s  Business  Shorthand 

71.  Derivative  Word-Signs.  Signs  for  derivative  words 
may  generally  be  formed  from  word-signs  by  joining  to 
the  sigo  of  the  primitive  the  additional  consonant  or 
consonants  <>f  the  derivative;   thus: 

eye,  \ng,     high,   highness,      heigh/,      higher  common, 

/     /  <--        ->- 

uncommon,  commonly,  large,  Largely,  advantageous,  disadvantageous 

72.  Contractions  with  Diphthongs. — A  single  stroke  of 
the  signs  for  i,  ou,  and  ew  may  be  joined  to  the  strokes 
Lay  and  En  for  the  following  words: 


Names:  Petojd1  Lay,  En-  -Petoid,  EnMDhetoid, 

highly,  now,  new,    knew 

~>'.\.  Ticks  Added  to  Vowel  Word-Signs. — The  ticks  for 
o,  an,  and,  the,  may  be  joined  to  the  dash-vowel  word- 
signs;  thus:  __L  of  a  (or  an),  .2. of  the, -->--  to  the,  -1  and 

on,  ■--*   and  wlio-m.    In  order  to  distinguish  between  and 
id  and  should,  and  between  and  a  and  and  bat,  they 
aic  written  thus: 

and  the  and  should  and-a(or  an)  and  but 

Kctoid-'-Chrtoid,  Ketoid-Cketoid-,    Ketoid2-Tetoid,  Ketoid-Tetoid3. 

7  1.  Iss  Added  to  Word-Signs. — In  addition  to  the  use  of 
[ss  to  express  the  sound  oi  s,  and  as  a  word-sign  for  is, 
as,  his,  has,  it  may  be  added  to  a  word-sign  to  indicate  - 

1.  The  addition  of  s  to  make  another  word,  thus: 


\?_    i    _L 


-v    --    t    -b-        --1-- 

hopes,      buys,      its,      dollars,    advertises-ments, 


Vowel  and  Diphthong  Word-Signs  45 

advantages,      commons,      comes,      gives,      goes, 

_.G,_    „fr_     1     i~  -->- 

thinks,     thanks,     sees,     uses  (noun),     uses  (verb), 

wishes,      issues,      hers,     homes,      knows,      whys, 

d  C  V>  b  6 

ways,      yours      twos,      owes,      whose. 

2.  The  addition  of    ws  to    prepositions;    thus: 

Vj>  for  us,  \,    to  us, with  us. 

3.  The    addition    of   self    to    pronouns;     thus: 

._l_   itself,  ._}  herself,  rs.  ourself,  .^myself, 

^  himself,  CL  yourself. 

Remark. — itself  is  written  in 'the  third  position  to  distinguish  it 
from  its. 


READING   EXERCISE 


ji;  (, nihil iii's  Business  Shorthand 

>—  l  i-  ■  -^.i^/n.: (.,.> 

15  : ..^..A..<,-..^...t/i6.i.^..x.^..o..:...w../.. 
it.  I. /...L..(..l...v./i&  _.3r__J._,2L:C?___^./ 

19.  1_    >_!„ns_.  JL-^-L-S-_-<__y/20. ™- v>-v/ 

BUSINESS  LETTER 

." ^7,.:..,../.;..xi.— . «  )  ^..^..^.joa/. 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

Sir:  We-think  your  bill  for  23  dollars  is  too  high,  as-the  job  was 
easy  and-took  but  a-few  hours.  We-should  like  a-bill  of  items. 
\\ 'ill-yon  come  and-show  us  the  things  charged  for? 

Respectfully-youre, 

Sirs:  The  rate  on  hay  via-the  "New  Route"  is  DOW  inuchloweR, 
and-you-will  save  yourself  money  if-you-will  ship  all  your  hay  by-it. 
May  we  show  you  why? 

Yours-respectfully, 
Sir:     Jamea  Saxon   and-Lewis   Vose  are  now   in   New-York  but 
will-be    in    Syracuse  soon.     They   say   they   think   highly  of-your 
Bcheme  bul   hope  you-will-have  something  for-them  in-the-way  of 
a-job  in  large  cities. 

Yours, 


LESSON   12 


TIME-SAVING  EXPEDIENTS 

75.  Because  the  words  I,  he,  hmv,recur  so  frequently, 
they  are  generally  represented  by  ticks  that  join  easily 
in  phrase-writing. 

76.  The  I-Tick  — Either  stroke  of  the  diphthong-sign 
.y.  may  be  used  for  /,  if  written  above  the  line  and  joined 
to  the  following  word;    thus: 


_±_  __!-. 


I  am,  I  will,  I  do,  I  had, 

Names:  PetoidVEm,    PrtcwP-Lay,       Retoid-Dee2,      Retoid-Dec3 

77.  The  He-Tick. — (a)  When  standing  alone,  he  is 
represented  by  a  tick  on  the  line,  written  downward,  like 
Chay.  (b)  When  joined  to  another  sign,  the  he-t\ck  may 
be  written  in  the  direction  of  Pee,  Chay,  or  Ray.  (c) 
When  he  begins  a  phrase,  its  sign  must  rest  upon  the 
line,  in  order  to  distinguish  it  from  the  tick  for  7. 
Examples: 

he,  he  may,       he  thinks,  he  is  or  he  has,  he  will. 

Chetoid2,     Chetoid2-Em,     RetoidMths,     Retsoid2,      Petoid2-Lay, 


V. 


M-- 


\s  /o 


for  he,  but  he,  or  he,  is  he, 

Ef2-Chetoid,        Tetoid2-Rctoid,        Tetoid'-Rctoid,       Iss'-Chetoid, 


/?_ 


[--/>-]  -----  [--,--] 


as  he  or  has  he,     [as  the]        and  he  [and  the]. 

Iss-Chetoid2,    (lss'-Chetoid],    KetoicM  !hetoida,    [Ketoid'-Chetoid]. 

47 


Is  Graham's  Business  Short  /nun/ 

(d)  Experience  Bhows  that  the  different  uses  of  this 
tick  for  he  and  the  can  readily  be  distinguished,  (e) 
And  In  and  and  should  are  also  written  alike;  hut,  with 
the  aid  of  the  context,  no  difficulty  is  experienced  in 
reading  them. 

Ts.  The  J I  <>ir-Tick. —(a)  Either  stroke  of  the  diph- 
t  hong-sign  a  may  be  used  for  how,  if  written  below  the 
line  and  joined  to  the  followintj  word.  (6)  When  it  stands 
alone,  the  how-tick  is  written  downward  in  the  direction 
of  ('hay;  when  joined,  it  may  he  written  upward  or 
downward;   thus: 

how,         how  will,         how  many,       how  soon. 
Names:    Chetoid*,    Petoida-Lay,     Chetoid3-Em-En,    Retoid3-Sen. 

7'.».  The  Horizontal  or  Vertical  I-Tick. — When  the 
context  would  not  permit  misreading,  /  may  be  expressed 
medially  or  finally  in  a  phrase  by  a  horizontal  or  a 
vertical  tick;  thus:T..?T.  What  I  said  of  you;  ...^  You 
and  I. 

80.  Prefixes  "com,'1  "con,"  "accom."—(a)  A  light 
dot    placed  at  the  beginning  of   a  word    signifies  com 

or    con;    (b)    a   heavy   dot,    accom;  thus:    .1  commit, 

conscience,      >->■  accompany;  (c)   or  these  prefixes 
may  be  indicated  by  writing  the  remainder  of  the  word 

partly  under  the  preceding  one;  thus:  _.^v  in  company, 
■  X^,  I  will  accompany.     See  Paragraph  243. 

LBK. — (a)  Word-sign*  an-  sometimes  used  as  prefixes;  thus: altogether, 

_?-.   although,    almost .1    Almighty.    (6)  .4//  is  represented  by  Lay  in 

n  irda  that  prefix  can  be  more  readily  written 

with  Lay  than  with  the  word-sign  for  all;  thus:  (     ),  f         0.     These  words  are 
dilation.    (<■)   All  word-signs  (except  under,  see  page 
59),  irhai  used  as  prefix-signs,  retain  the  position  they  have  as  word-signs. 


Time-Saving  Expedients  49 

81.  Suffixes  "ing,"  "ings." — (a)  The  suffix  ing  may 
be  expressed  by  a  light  dot  at  the  end  of  a  word;  thus: 
-X- paying;  and  ings,  by  a  heavy  dot,  thus:  'doings. 
{b)  Instead  of  the  heavy  dot,  the  stroke  Ing-Iss,  n»p  is 
generally  employed  when  it  can  be  conveniently  joined; 
thus:  Vp  sayings. 

Remark  1. — The  dot  is  not  employed  when  ing  or  ings  is  nut  a  suffix;  that  is, 
when  a  complete  word  does  not  remain  when  ing  or  ings  is  omitted;  for  instance,  in 
such  words  as  ring,  si/ig,  kings,  wings. 

Remark  2. — (a)  As  a  general  rule,  the  suffix  ing,  when  it  is  part  of  a  noun,  is 
best  written  with  the  stroke  Ing,  as  it  permits  the  addition  of  Iss  (s)  to  express  the 
plural  number.  (/;)  But  when  ing  forms  the  end  of  a  participle,  it  should  be  repre- 
sented by  the  dot. 

Remark  3. — The  participles  being  and  objecting  are  written  differently,  for  the 
sake  of  distinction;  thus:  \>_^  being,  _X_.  objecting. 

82.  The  suffix  ing  and  a  the  following  it  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  writing  the  tick  for  the  in  place  of  the  Ing-dot; 
thus:   _JS  showing  the,  \    paying  the. 

83.  The  suffix  ing  and  a  following  a,  an,  or  and,  may 
be  expressed  by  writing  the  a-n-d-t'wk  in  place  of  the 
Ing-dot;   thus:     \   eating  a,  ~.  giving  a. 

Remark. — The  direction  which  varies  most  from  the  preceding  stroke  should  be 
chosen  when  writing  a  tick  for  iny-the  or  ing-a-n-d. 

84.  Words  Omitted  and  Indicated. — (a)  The  connect- 
ing words  of  the  are  commonly  omitted  and  the  omission 
indicated  by  writing  the  adjacent  words  close  to  each 

other;  thus:  KT.rr^  sale  of  the  box.  But  if  of  the  is 
preceded  or  followed  by  a  vowel  word-sign,  or  a  vocalized 
word  the  vowel  of  which  might  be  confused  with  the 
adjacent  word  if  the  two  were  written  close,  the  sign 
/_.  should  be  used  between  them.  (6)  To  may  be 
omitted  and  indicated  by  writing  the  following  word 
close  against  the  lower  edge  of  the  line;  thus:  "I-""  to  day, 
.<z-^^..  to  knock,    —  'f--  to  sell,  .J^i  to  hasten.     This 

is  called  the  Fourth  Position.  (c)  Words  beginning 
with  Lay  or  Ray  are  not  written  in  the  fourth  position. 


50 


Graham's  "Business  Shorthand 


86.  Position  of  Wools  of  Several  Strokes. — Many 
words  of  two  or  more  strokes  have  outlines  so  distinc- 
tive that  the  context  is  the  only  aid  needed  to  read 
them  unvocalized.  Hence,  as  time  is  lost  by  unnecessary 
motion,  such  words  are  written  on  the  line,  even  though 
the  accented  vowel  is  first-place,  a.s  in  -O-  also,  or 
third-place,  as  in  ^-_ w  fancy. 


KKADiv;  i;\i:i;nsi: 


J 


-V  - 


V;  -<'~1/**y 


^ir/i2.r...o..^^>i.)..r...v^../i3^A. 


v/14.  .    .."^..1.." 


15.  t._.!..U  w ...l/ie.  p„.v^ 


"^ 


\ 


X-^— j_-.:t  .0 


\^..3ry  17. 

£L    -^ /l9.  , 


v* 


V 


:v 


18. 


<^ 


y> 


v^ 


v 


Time-Saving  Expedients  51 

WRITING  EXERCISE 

Omit  "of  the"  and  "to"  when  enclosed  in   parentheses.      Write  in  the  fourth 
position  any  word  followed  by  a  superior  figure  4. 

1  He  represented  a-New-York  company  which  a-few  months 
ago  was  buying  buggies  in-your  city;  but  now  he  sells  machinery  (to) 
many4  large  companies  in  New-York,  New  Jersey,  and  Pennsylvania. 
2  You-and-I  should  take  advantage  (of  the)  low  shipping  rate  on- 
the  Erne.  3  He  denied  what-I-said  of-you.  4  How  does-he^pay 
his  bills?  5  He  always  accommodates  us  by  paying  eaidy  in-the 
month.  6  Do-you  deposit  with-the  Fifth  Avenue  Bank?  7  My 
deposits  are  small,  but  I-am  paying  as  I  go. 

BUSINESS   LETTER 

Sir:    I-wish  (to)  buy4  a-house  on-the  south  side  of  Idaho  Avenue, 

and-should  like  (to)  know4  if-you  have  any  house  for  sale  in-your 

vicinity;  also  the  cost.    I-desirte  something  for,  say,  eight  thousand 

dollars,  and-if-you  have  anything  which-you  think  would  suit  me, 

I-hope-you-will  so  advise. 

Respectfully-your^, 


LESSON  13 

LOOPS— SES-CIUCLE 

86.  The  Steh-Loop. — (a)  A  small  loop  at  the  beginning 
of  a  consonant-stroke  represents  st;  thus:\  st-p,  as  in 
step;  f  st-t,  as  in  state,  (b)  At  the  end  of  stroke  it  may 
represent  st,  as  in  past;  or  zd,  as  in  dazed,  (c)  This 
small  loop  is  named  Steh,  or  the  sound  of  st  is  joined  with 
the  name  of  the  stroke  to  which  the  loop  is  joined;  thus: 

-\     Steh-Bee;       P     Steh-Tee;     \    Bee-Steh  or  Beest; 
°^     Steh-Ar  or  Star. 

87.  The  Ster-Loop. — (a)  A  large  loop  at  the  end  of  a 
consonant-stroke  represents  str;  thus:  Nb  p-str,  as  in 
poster.     (6)  The  large  loop  is  named  Ster.     When  com- 


52  Graham* a  Business  Shorthand 

bined  with  the  name  of  a  Btroke  to  make  a  name  for  the 
combination,  the  new  word  is  accented  on  the  first 
By  liable;  thusr^Bee'ster.  (c)  The  Ster-loop  is  never 
used  for  str  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  as  in  struck. 

88.  The  loops  are  used  occasionally  in  the  middle  of  a 
word;  as  in  I    idestiny,  L^<i  dentistry,  ..^mastership. 

89.  Sea-Circle. — (a)  A  syllable  composed  of  the  sounds 
of  two  s's  or  two  z's,  or  of  s  and  z,  with  a  vowel  between 
them,  as  in  system,  mazes,  Caesar,  is  generally  represented 
by  a  circle  double  the  size  of  Iss.  (6)  The  large  circle 
may  be  called  either  Ses  or  Sez. 

90.  Ses  may  be  joined  to  consonant-strokes  just  as  Iss  is. 

91.  The  vowel  or  diphthong  occurring  between  the 
consonants  expressed  by  Ses  may  be  written  writhin  the 
circle;  thus: 

.„^  C;rsar,  ___\  sizer,  !_.__??  synopsis,  __.'_  exhaust. 

92.  When  the  vowel  e  occurs  in  a  syllable  expressed 
by  Ses,  it  is  not  written,  for  it  is  heard  in  the  name  Ses; 
as  in  possess. 

93.  (a)  S  or  z  may  be  added  to  a  loop  or  a  large 
circle;  thus:  Vb  p-sts,  as  in  posts; ^..p-strs,  as  in  posters; 
.^O  p-ss-s,  as  in  possesses,  (b)  These  signs  are  named 
respectively  Peests,  Pee'sters,  Pee'ses-Iss. 

'.i I.  The  Steh-loop  or  the  Ses-circle  at  the  beginning 
of  a  stroke  is  read  first,  just  as  Iss  is. 

95.  At  the  end  of  a  stroke,  the  loops  and  circles  are 
read  last. 

96.  (a)  The  the-Uck  may  be  joined  to  a  loop  thus: 
N&_  paste  the,  --£>  guessed  the.     (b)  It  may  also  be  added 
to  Ses;  thus:  .^o_  possess  the. 


Loops — Ses-Circle 


53 


97.  Distinctions. — Words  which  contain  the  same  or 
similar  consonant-sounds,  but  have  different  meanings, 
are  distinguished  in  various  ways.     Note  the  following: 


Emses1, 
Misses, 


Ems-Es-,      Dees'-Es, 
Mrs.  decease, 


Deeses' 
disease. 


98.  Ses  is  used  as  a  phrase-sign  for  any  two  Iss  word- 
signs  occurring  together.  When  so  used,  it  is  written  in 
the  position  of  the  first  of  the  two  words  in  the  phrase. 
Learn  the  following  word-signs  containing  Iss,  Steh, 
or  Ses: 


Pees1,  possible-}-, 

o  possibility 

— \_  Spee2,  expect-ed, 

expectation 

Spee3,  special-ty 

Bees1,  business 

—  X   Iss-Bee2,  subject 

— P__Stee3,  satisfy,  satisfied, 
satisfactory 

Kays1,  because 

-_s_  Svee2,  several 
......  THees1,  these 

.A.-THees2,  this 

■-(-—  THees3,  those,  thus 


v_9 


Ens1,  influence 

Enst1,  influenced, 

instant 


Enses1,  influences, 

United  States 

v^s?  Enst2,  next 

_.£?_  Steh2,  first 

O 
Ses1,  is  as,  is  his,  his  is, 

his  has 
_.Q_  Ses2,  as  his,  as  is,  as  has, 

has  his,  has  as 
SLJL  Ses-Ens2,  as  soon  as 

J b__  THeeses2,  themselves, 
this  is  (or  has) 

-TV-  Arses',  ourselves 

-0_._  Yayses*,  yourselves 


99.  Derivatives. — (a)  The  signs  for  influenced,  influ- 
ences, themselves,  ourselves,  yourselves,  are  formed  in 
analogy    with    the   principle    stated    in    Paragraph    71. 


->■! 


G nihil iii's    Busine8S   Short Iki ml 


(h)  When  a  word-sign  does  not  contain  the  last 
consonant  of  the  word  it  represents  (the  sign  for  sub- 
ject,  for  example,  does  not  contain  0.  a  derivative-sign  is 
generally  formed  by  writing  near  the  sign  of  the  primitive 
the  additional  consonant  of  the  derivative;   thus:  Ai_. 

subjected,    \  y  objector,  „P_.   satisfactorily. 


HEADING   EXERCISE 


K^r  .? 


ILfi 


±1. 

5    . 

6  ; 


:^\ 


( 


^    r.„!Zh:.._v— /  8  r  \^  A 


/ 


> 


>..  /<r, 


10 


.X 


_\ 


11  ..^  ^ . 

Vl3     .3 


^T. 


-V15 1..\. 


-x- 


J^-. 


V 


\  : 


:r£- 


-v------  ^ 

.  /  is 


Loops — Ses-Circle  55 


BUSINESS  LETTER 

^  ....-77..A  ^..\  <u  d  x_  v  .4.  V 


WRITING  EXERCISE 
1  We  expect  (to)  do4  a-large  business  in-the  United-States  next 
summer.  2  On-what  subject  are-you  (to)  speak4  next  Tuesday? 
3  I-hope-you-will-be  satisfied,  because  he-has  given-you  the  best 
he  had.  4  Several  of-these  cases  came  (to)day4;  has-the  invoice 
come?  5  This  will-do  niceLy,  thank-you.  6  Those  things  have 
no  influence  here.  7  My  buyeii  has  just  come  back,  and-thus  I 
know  he-thinks  it-is  unwise  (to)  buy4  your  stock.  8  Jackson  must 
be  influenced  (to)  think4  of-those  things  as  we-do.  9  Influences 
of-which-you  have  no  idea  are  coming  (to)  assist4  us,  and-may  en- 
large our  business  much  beyond  your  expectation.  10  If-his 
first  sale  is-as  large  as-he  expects  it  to-be,  he-will  ask  for  a  higheit 
salary.  11  Has-his  bill  for  those  boxes  come?  12  This-is-the 
first  time  they,  themselves,  have  come.  13  We,  ourselves,  have 
seen  it.  14  Do  it  yourselves.  15  Mrs.  Chester's  influence  will 
change  all  these  things.  16  We  shall  go  as-  soon-as  our  business  is 
satisfactorily  disposed  of.  17  Are-the  Misses  Dexter  to-be  in-the 
United-States  this  summer?  18  Do-you  think  his  expectations 
will-be  satisfied  in-his  new  business?  19  His  decease  was  due  to 
a-new  and-unusual  disease.  20  Wc-havc  expected  (to)  discuss1  this 
business  with-them. 


;,ii  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

BUSINESS   LETTER 

Ki  nm  in  Pastor, 

Rochester,  X.  Y. 

Sir:    This- is  (to)  acknowledge*-receipt  of-your  check  of  March 

eighth,  for-which  t-thank-you.     May  I-hope  next  Tuesday  to  hear 

your  views  on-the  subject  we  spoke  of  the  last  time  I-eaw  you? 

If-vi m-will  aid  me  in-this  way,  I-think  the  affair  will-be  satisfactory 

to-us  all. 

Respeetfully-yours, 


LESSON  14 

THE  HALVING  PRINCIPLE 

100.  By  writing  the  stroke  half  its  usual  length,  either 
I  or  '/  may  be  added  to 

\\  I    I  /  /_    _  ^V.C  C    )  )jj/  or  ^;thus: 

pat,  dot,      cot,    feet,     shot,    upright,     red-hot,    hoed. 
pad,  Dodd,  cod,    feed,    shod, 

Remark—  Half-length  Ray  is  never  used  alone. 

101.  By  halving  the  curve-signs  for  I,  r,  m,  n,  -^, 
I  or  d  is  added,  according  as  the  shortened  letter  is  made 
light  or  heavy;  thus: 

late,     laid,     art,     erred,     met,     mode,     net,     need 

102.  Names  of  the  Half -Lengths. —(a)  The  halved 
letters,  when  spoken  of  as  a  class,  are  called  Half-Lengths. 
(b)  The  different  half-lengths  are  named  by  adding  the 
syllable  et  or  ed  to  the  sound  of  the  full-length,  except 
when  it  is  more  convenient,  or  better  for  distinction's 
sake,  to  add  the  sound  of  t  or  d  to  the  name  of  the 


The  Halving  Principle  57 

full-length;  thus:  Pet  or  Ped,  Bet  or  Bed,  Ret  or  Red, 
Met,  Med,  or  Erat,  Emd;  Net,  Ned,  or  Ent,  End;  Let, 
Elt,  Eld,  Art,  Ard;   etc. 

103.  (a)  Let  r..,  when  standing  alone,  is  always  written 
upward,  and  is  usually  so  written  when  joined  to  other 
strokes,     (b)  Eld  c  is  always  written  downward. 

104.  Reading  and  Vocalization  of  Half-Lengths. — 
The  reading  and  vocalization  of  halved  letters  should 
proceed  as  follows:  1.  Read  a  halved  letter,  with  the 
vowel  or  vowels  beside  it,  precisely  as  though  it  were 
a  full-length  sign.  2.  Add  the  sound  denoted  by  halving. 
3.  Add  the  sound  of  the  final  circle  or  loop,  if  any;  thus: 
J~  tau-t  =  taught,  5_  fee-t  =  feet,  .b.  tauk-t  =  talked, 
/C7.  rek-t  =  wrecked, -^too-ts,  J^l  mi-d-st. 

105.  Final  rd. — Final  rd  preceded  by  Em,  Ef,  Vee,  or 
Lay,  should  be  represented  by  Red,  which  can  be  more 
easily  joined  than  Ard,  especially  in  rapid  writing;  thus: 

5l^L  mired,  _S^ fired,  _^_ veered,     _^_  lard. 

10G.  Let  for  Eld. — In  a  very  few  cases  when  Eld 
cannot  be  conveniently  used,  Let  is  employed  for  Id; 
as  in  tC  muzzled. 

107.  Syllables  -ted,  -ded. — The  syllables  -ted  and  -ded 
are  usually  written  with  Ted  and  Ded;  thus:  --[?  -  dart, 
-u^\..  darted;  ^>  afford,  K^-  afforded. 

108.  T  distinguished  from  D.—(a)  When  t  and  d 
would  not  be  sufficiently  distinguished  if  both  were 
added  to  the  same  kind  of  line,  t  should  not  be  added  by 
halving,  except  to  a  light  line;  nor  d,  except  to  a  heavy 
line.  If,  for  instance,  bead  requires  to  be  distinguished 
from  beat,  write  Bed  for  the  former  and  Bee-Tee  for 
the  latter.  (6)  With  the  aid  of  the  context,  these  dis- 
tinctions are  seldom  needed. 


58  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

.v.  Pet',  hoped 


lOQ.  II  ILF-LENGTH  WORD-SIGNS 


Pel  .  i»ut 

Bet',  about 

Det*,  doubt 
l 

Ket1,  quite 

Ked*,  could 

Sket1,  exact-ed 
~  Ged1,  God 

(led-,  pood 

.h.Eft1,  if  it 
v.   Kf t -,  after 

^    Vet1,  of  il 


lilit1,  though!            L  Anl',  Lord,  mid 
!  .THet1,  that              ^  Anl-,  heard 
(    'Fuel-,  without        Met1,  misht 


) 


Est1,  astoniah-ed,       .  Med1,  Lmmediate-ly 
astonishmenl 


)  Est',  establish-ed,    ^  Med2,  made 
establishment 


1   Zet1,  is  it  Semt1,  somewhat 

)    Zet-,  as  it,  crs  Semt2,  sometime 

has  it  <r^-^  same  time 

..).  Zed3,  used  ^_  Net1,  not 

__.  Isht1,  wished  ,_,  Net2,  nature 

r  Let2,  let  w  End-,  under, 

hundred 

Lets2,  let  ua  Sent1,  is  not 

_,,,         , ,  Q  .  Sent2,  as  not, 

r  Eld',  world  has  not 

Remark  1. — Put,  about,  doubt, arc  written  below  the  line  to  cer- 
tainly distinguish  them  from  similar  signs  written  through  the  line. 

Remark  2. — When  all  the  consonants  of  a  regular  verb  are  ex- 
pressed  by  a  full-length  word-sign,  the  past  tense  should  be  indicated 
by  that  word-4igD  made  half  length.  For  examples,  see  wish,  hope, 
usi .  in  Paragraphs  41  and  58,  and  the  past  tenses,  wished,  hoped,  used, 
in  the  above  list . 

Remark  3. — Derivatives   from  the  word-signs  of   the    preceding 
lay   be  written    in    accordance    with  the  principles  of  Para- 
graph   71.      Thus,     to     the    sign     for     world __ c_ _,  add  El       r 

(or wordly;  El-Ens --/:.  for  worldliness;  to  the  sign  for  nature  -^   , 

add  El   ._—     for  natural-ly;  El-Steh  .^,..  for  naturalist. 


The  Halving  Principle  59 

Remark  4. — (a)  The  sign  for  wider  may  be  used  as  a  prefix-sign, 
and  joined  to  the  remainder  of  the  word    when  convenient;  thus: 

.^-understood,  --—-   undergo,  ^"b__   undertake.     In   such  cases, 

its  position  is  adapted  to  that  of  the  remainder  of  the  word.  (6) 
All  other  word-signs,  when  used  as  prefix-signs  or  as  parts  of 
compounds,  retain  the  position  they  have  when  written  separately. 


i  .->s..>...vrl...vr0.../V.._.w.-K_A.  K  J--( 


READING  EXERCISE 

W-A  ->.-_?_.>...,_.^!._^_._r.-/5  .L^2 


r/6.^-.)_.r...Li. 


./..  n. 


L   — 4  /  0  -  .   i       r     v     ,  / 


S-'  J       sly, 

BUSINESS  LETTER 

d ).y-_.x/..(..t/:_-Z 


I 


•C"     ' 
..!r^::..i..^....xx_.r..y.... .?...+..*..&  ,  L\- 


Ill) 


Graham* 8  Business  Shorthand 


I  EST 


1  pit 

2  apt 

3  bet 

4  bough! 

5  boot 

6  tight 

7  t:uight 

8  dot 

9  .late 

10  debt 

1 1  chat 

12  cheat 

13  salt 


1  1  jot 

15  coat 

16  kite 

17  cute 

18  feat 
1!)  vote 

20  oust 

21  shout 

22  Bpot 

23  soaked 

24  coats 

25  scout 

26  lights 


WORDS 

27  slight 

28  slide 

29  styi-ed 

30  eoLd 

31  conceaLed 

32  soRt 

33  seemed 

34  consumed 

35  send 

36  sand 

37  sound 

38  consent 

39  bids 


40  deeds 

41  acts 

42  Loads 

43  meets 

44  needs 
4. 5  swoRds 

46  cents 

47  saints 

48  sea Rod 

49  Leads 

50  maids 


WRITING  EXERCISE 
I  They  hoped  they  could  establish-the  date  beyond  all  doubt. 
2  He  thought  he  might  have  heard  something  about  itif-it-wereso. 
:;  [-am  quite  certain  he-could  let-ua  do-so  if-he  wished.  4  With- 
out doubt,  they  could  put-the  establishment  on  a-paying  basis 
immediately.  5  Is-it-not  about  time  some  good  use  was  made  of 
-that  old  note?  6  Sometimes  the  nature  of-his  business  is  such 
t  hat-it  keeps  him  away  much  (of  the)  time.  7  As-it-was-not  easy 
for-him  (to)  pay4  cash,  he-has  given  a-note  for  a-hundred  dollars. 
S  Since  he  is-not  ready  now,  we  might  come  back  for-him.  9  He 
has-not  used  his  auto  since  it -was  repainted.  10  He  let  them  read- 
the  astonishing  news  in-the  New-York  World. 

BUSINESS   LETTER 

Sir:  We-have  just  put  on-the  market  a-new  and-cheap  stORagc 
battery  designed  for  use  in  boat,  and  auto  lighting-systems.  It-is 
somewhat  on-the  Edison  type,  but  possesses  several  advantages  that 
up  (to)  this4  time  could-not-be  had  for-thc  same  money. 

If-you-wish  (to)  know4,  we-should-be  happy  (.to)  show4  you  how 
easily  this  battery  could-be  instaLLcd  and-how  it  reduces  lighting 

Our  book,  "StORage  Batten'  Costs,"  gives-the  detaiLS.  You 
should  send  for-your  copy  (to)day*. 

Yours, 


LESSON  15 

THE  HALVING  PRINCIPLE— Continued 

110.  A  half-length  should  not  be  joined  to  another 
stroke  unless  it  can  be  easily  distinguished;  hence, 
write  the  following  and  similar  words  thus: 


^H 


effect,  locate,     kicked,  judged,  roared 

111.  When  it  would  not  be  allowable  to  join  a  half- 
length  it  is  occasionally  advantageous  to  lap  it;    thus: 

-S-\-  biped,  J*h.  dated,  -i-  chit-chat,  .rv_^   architect. 

112.  A  vowel  following  t  or  d  expressed  by  halving 
must  be  omitted  or  written  before  a  following  conso- 
nant stroke;  thus: 

(a)  __^_^._art(i)san,  __'_'_  anticipate,  .-<  ind(i)sposed, 
1_    mod(e)st; 

(b)  ftT^  lighten,  _^_<-  martin,  ™  esteem. 

113.  The  halving  principle  should  not  be  used  in  the 
following  cases: 

1.  When  t  or  d  immediately  precedes  a  final  vowel,  or 

^~T  *■ — i* 

a  vowel  and  final  s;  as  in mighty,  .„'.  needy, 

rxl  notice. 

61 


62  Graham's  Business  Short  hand 

2.  In  Buch  words  as  Si     abed,   j  .   afoot.  -   '  alight, 

etc.,  t<>  distinguish  (hem  from  bed,  foot,  light,  etc. 

3.  When  '/  is  final  and  is  preceded  by  /,  r,  or  n,  pre- 

ceded and  followed  by  a  vowel;  as  in 

A       q_    za_     jr\  •,     v<i_ 

hallowed,    allied,    solid,     rallied,     married,    borrowed, 

._<,_.  .PI.     _^_    _.^„    ..tl 

narrowed,    torrid,     moneyed,     renewed,     annoyed 

Remark. — This  secures  a  distinction  between  such  words  as  lied, 
allied:  Bold,  solid;  rolled,  rallied;  marred,  married;  barred,  borrowed; 
tarred,  torrid;  tired,  tirade;  ruined,  renewed. 

4.  When  t  or  d  is  preceded  by  two  vowels,  as  in 
--]--  diet,  \'     poct,_ L-.duet. 

Remark. — This  secures  a  distinction  between  certain  words  of  a 
Bingle  syllable,  as  died,  pet,  debt,  and  words  of  two  syllables  con- 
taining  the  same  consonants. 

5.  When  initial  r  is  followed  by  final  t  or  d;    as  in 

A.    a    .A.  ___<!__  .4     a 

write,    rate,      root,    wrought,  reed,      road. 
111.  CONTRACTIONS  CONTAINING  HALF-LENGTHS 


acknowledged,       indiscriminate,    indiscrimination, 
indiscriminately,      interest,      interested,      disinterested, 
disinterestedness,     September,       heretofore. 


The  Halving  Principle  C3 

READING   EXERCISE 

z.^.L.  L  Jh_.,L'..L^  L    W..r/...C.l    ./.-^y 
5  .^..^...yr...s^....<^...^:..vT. 


.^ 


)•: 


<r^ 


9  . 

10 


■    yx  J'         / 

.r^..    /3     -^..k.    250  A, 7J'. 


v    \    / 


.o.._< 


fv----- 


64 


Graham*s  Business  Shorthand 


I  I  -l    WORDS 


1.  p&t 

2,  abashed 
::.  ballot 

l.  beaad 

5,  beamed 

6.  outbid 

7. touched 

8.  attached 

9.  toothed 

10.  (lipped 

11.  debate 

12.  duiJed 

13.  ado Red 


1 1,  chipped 

15.  checked 

16.  chimed 
17. jogged 
18.  jawed 
lit.  gemmed 

20.  kepi 

21.  aconite 

22.  gushed 

23.  fidget 

24.  badly 

25.  bitter 

26.  kettle 


27.  cottage 

28. cotton 
20.  lately 
iiO.  writing 

31.  antique 

32.  nightLy 

33.  modify 

34.  midway 

35.  fortnight 

36.  ascendant 

37.  detect 

38.  acted 

39.  cutlet 


40.  redound 

41.  indebted 
42. indicate 

43.  awaited 

44.  peeped 
15.  evict 
4(3.  duty 
47.  allude 
48. locate 

49.  root 

50.  uproot 


WRITING    EXERCISE 

1.  They  acknowledged  that  better  results  could  be  got  in  a-RetiRed 
spot.  2.  The  stock  market  rallied  after  it-was  understood  that-the 
same  rates  were  to-be  allowed  common  carriers  as  heretofore.  3. 
Indiscriminate  buying  caused  a-rise  in-the  Stock  Exchange  eaRly 
in  September.  4.  He  borrowed-the  necessary  cash  and-renewed  his 
advertisement.  f>.  It-has  just  come  (to)  my4  notice  that-the  road 
is  allied  with  outside  interests.  6.  His  tirades  tiRed  his  auditORs. 
7.  Let-us  unite  for-the  support  (of  the)  needy  in-this  city.  8.  They 
judged  it  wise  to-locate-the  road  immediately.  9.  His  success 
is  largely  due  to-the  fact  that-he  anticipates-the  needs  of-his  guests. 
10.  Your  affected  disinterestedness  was-not  understood  heretofore, 
but  it-is-now  evident  that  it-is  assumed.  11.  It-is  quite  naturaL 
for  him  to-be  still  must  (of  the)  time.  12.  I-was  in  immediate 
need  of  25  dollars  and-hoped-you-might  let  me  have-it,  after  reading 
my  note,  but-as  you-could-not,  I-borrowed  it  of  Ed.  13.  They- 
said  that  heretofore  they  had  given  (to)  charity4  quite  indiscrimi- 
nately, but  that  now  they-were  much  interested  in  what  you-are- 
doing  and-would-be  advised  by-you.  14.  It-is  acknowledged  that- 
the  interest  should-be  reduced,  but  will-the  stock  sell  if-it-is? 


LESSON  16 

DIFFERENT  WAYS  OF  EXPRESSING  W  AND  Y 


115.  As  the  student  has  learned  (Par.  50),  w  and  y, 
like  s  and  z,  are  provided  with  brief  signs.  These  are 
generally  more  convenient  for  joining  to  other  conso- 
nants than  the  strokes  ~^  C  .  They  are  called,  as  a 
class,  Brief  Way  and  Yay.  But  for  the  sake  of  distinc- 
tion, each  has  a  name  of  its  own.  For  w,  they  are  c 
Weh  and  o  Wuh.  For  y,  they  are  u  Yeh  and  n 
Yuh.     These  signs,  like  Iss,  cannot  be  vocalized. 

116.  Therefore,^.  Way  is  used  for  w,  and  JZ.   Yay 
for  y,  in  the  following  cases: 

1.  When  w  or  y  is  the  only  consonant;  as  in 

^-way,  IX  woe,  r>^._ woo,  _j£yea,  _-^r_yew. 

2.  When  an  initial  vowel  is  followed  by  w  or  y; 

as  in  "V       awake,  v£~   oyer. 

3.  When  the  first  consonant  is  w  or  y  and  the 

second  is  s  or  z;   as  in  "^    ways,  ~"V   waist, 

~\_    wasp,    (T  yes,    (f    yeas,  __/r_   ewes, 

.Li  yeast. 

4.  When  w  or  y  is  followed  by  two  consecutive 

v 

vowels;  as  in   ~V- — .  Wyoming,  _^-_    ewer. 
65 


in.  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

5.  When  vm  are  the  only  consonants,  or  when 
they  arc  followed  by  Iss,  Pee,  Bee,  Gay, 
1th,  THee  Zee,  Lay,  Em,  En  or  Ing;  as  in 

Bway,       sways,       sweep,       Bwab,       swig       swath, 
BWathe,     Swascv,      swell,     swim,     Sweeny,      swung 

117.  When  w  begins  a  word  in  other  cases  than  those 
specified  above,  Brief  Way  should  be  used  as  follows: 

1.  Joined  as  a  hook  (called   the  Way -hook)  to 

Lay,  El,  Hay,  Em,  or  En;   thus: 

Wei,      Wels-En,     Wer,      Wem,        Wen, 
wail,      Wilson,       wore,     we  may,     wine. 

2.  Joined  at  an  angle  to  all  other  strokes;   thus: 

.\  j_  _l.    v   .iz.    u_   -^ 

web,    wet,     wedge,     wave,    week,     woke,     wing, 

118.  The  Way-hook,  and  Brief  Way  joined  at  an 
angle,  may  he  used  in  the  middle  of  a  word;   thus: 

twine,  acquire,  unwieldy,  wigwam;  unweighed,  Sedgwick 

1 19.  (a)  [ss  may  be  prefixed  to  the  Way-hook  and  to 
Brief  Way;  thus:  CN  swore;  J„  sweet.  (6)  Iss  is  not 
prefixed  to    '  Wei,  «r->  Wem  or  <^>  Wen. 


Different  Ways  of  Expressing  W  and  Y     67 

120.  (a)  When  y  begins  a  word  in  other  cases  than 
those  specified  above,  and  is  followed  by  any  consonant 
except  final  s  or  z,  Brief  Yay  is  used  and  joined  at  an 
angle,  (b)  Either  Yeh  or  Yuh  may  be  used,  according 
to  convenience  of  joining;   thus: 

:^    r     i     ^  ~j-     <    -,A- 

-     yawn,    Yale,    Yates,    yore,    yoke,    yellow,    yarrow 

121.  WAY-HOOK  WORD-SIGNS  AND   CONTRACTIONS 

___  Wei1,  while,  we  will  <r~x   Wem2,  with  him 

C     Wei2,  well  ^_  Wen',  when,  we  know 

Wer1,  we  are  ^-^_  Wen-Vee2,  whenever 

c/      Wer2,  where  .5— ■/_  Wen2,  one 

</V  Wer2-Ef,  wherefore  _  ^_  _  Wen t ,i  p  want 

t/\.  Wer2- Vee,  wherever  _  _^__  Eft2-Werd,  afterward 

/  Wer3,  aware  V         T.r.,  ,v     .   r  i 

~ts/r-  >  .  x^.Ef-W  erd,  forward 

(/     Word2,  word                             ^    „  ,   .,,  m     ,  . 

-cc—  Retoid'-W  erd,  onward 

<r~^  Wem1,  we  may, 

with  me,  with  my  ._£__-  Iss-Lays2,  as  well  as 

Remark  1. — As  it  is  desirable  to  have  an  easily-made  outline  for  the  phrase  as 
well  as,  the  hook  of  well  is  omitted  in  joining  as. 

READING   EXERCISE 


(IS 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


B1  SINESS    ll.l  l  EB 

No]  B. — The  Grat  two  lines  are  names  of  American  cities. 

2  -(kY..5i...^-..  ..!?:.- ^— .^x  ..^/ 


C--|,-L^,_k,..^/   ^:   t 


^7 


.:.  /i 


..x^- 


i^ 


.v __ 


^ 


/" 


_..^f-,-V. 


*-  "v^ 


v^ 


,1 


v^ 


) 


7- 


>  C 


c 


TEST  WORDS 

1.  wasted  0.  web  17.  wife  25.  quince 

2.  await  10.  wood  18.  wash  26.  quarry 

3.  awaited  11.  widow  19.  Oswego  27.  query 

4.  Owoaso         12.  wages  20.  wool  28.  swear 

5.  wipe  13.  waxed  21.  winnow  29.  yacht 

6.  wet  1  1.  wig  22.  queen  30.  yam 

15.  watched  23.  twenty  31.  eureka 

ede  16.  Bwitch  24.  quench  32.  yelp 

WRITING  EXERCISE 
1.  We-will  send  for-the  necessary  texts  immediately.  2.  We 
want  you  to  come  forward  when  you-are  asked.  3.  Let-us  push 
onward  while-the  dayhght  lasts.  4.  Are-you  aware  that  word  has 
come  for  on.'  of-us  (to)  go4  with-him?  5.  Where-did-you-go  after- 
ward? 6.  You  acknowledged  that-the  money  was  given  indiscrimi- 
nately. 7.  The  disinterestedness  (of  the)  witness  is  highly  satisfac- 
tory to-the  committee.  S.  Heretofore  you  have-not  charged  interest 
when  bills  were  paid  in  sixty  days.  0.  Such  indiscrimination  in 
paying  for  work  is  wrong.  10.  Is-it  your  idea  to  establish  a-hospital 
in  Swissvalc? 


Different  Ways  of  Expressing  Wand  Y    69 

BUSINESS   LETTERS 
James  Wilsox,  Laitamie,  Wyo. 

Sir:  In-the  hope  of  interesting  you  in  a-book  we-are  about  to 
issue  on-the  subject  of  cattle  raising,  we-are  sending  you  a-synop- 
sis  of -it  which-was  written  by  Joseph  Cooley,  of  whose  knowledge 
(of  the)  subject  and-ability  in  writing  you-are  well  aware. 

Should  this  synopsis  interest-you,  may  we  not  expect  to-receive 
your  check  for  a-copy,  to-be  sent  (to)  you4  as-soon-as  it-is  ready? 

Yours-respectfully, 

Note. — Use  the  disjoined  ticks  for  "ing  the"  and  "ing  a"  (Paragraphs  82-83) 
when  "ing"  is  preceded  by  a  colon  and  followed  by  a  hyphen;  thus:  improv:ing- 
the,  tak:ing-a,  buy:ing-and. 

Sir: 

Answering  yours  of  May  sixth,  we  say  that-the  regular  wigwam 
style  is-not  a-good-one  for  those  who  desire  (to)  "go4  light,"  as-it 
needs  many  poles  (to)  support4  it  and-these  add  to-the  weight. 
If-you  intend  (to)  cut4  your  poles  as  you-go  along,  well  and-good, 
but  it-is-not  easy  (to)  get4  satisfactory  ones  with-out  wast:ing-a  long 
time  looking  for-them.  So  if-you  wish  (to)  make4  time,  we-advise 
that-you  select  a  style  that  takes  but  one-pole. 

Sir: 

We-have  disposed  of-your  Lackawanna  Gas  stock  and-bought 
Wabash  common  up  to-the  limit  set  by-you  in-yours  of- Wednesday 
last.    Awaiting  your  advice,  we-are, 

Yours-respectfully, 

Wallace  Weed,  Esq.,  Wales,  Utah. 
Sir: 

We-have  heard  that-you-are  anxious  (to)  acquire4  an-interest 
in-the  old  Sedgewick  quarry.  If-this-is-the  case,  we-should  like 
(to)  see4-you  about-it,  as  we-are  willing  (to)  sell4  a-little  (of  the) 
stock  we-have  in-that  estate. 

Sir: 

The  five  desks  you  bought  on-Wednesday  went  forward  with-the 
one  exchanged.  As-you-are  doubtless  aware,  these-things  are 
biLled  at  your  risk,  so  we-advise  that-you-refuse  to-receive-them  if 
in  bad  shape. 

Respectfully-yours, 


LESSON   17 

DIFFERENT  WAYS  <  >F  EXPRESSION  J  W  AND  Y— 
Continued 

122.  (a)  When  w  occurs  between  two  consonants  and 
cannot  he  conveniently  expressed  by  the  Way-hook  or 
Brief  Way  joined  at  an  angle,  it  may  be  expressed  by 
Brief  Way  written  in  place  of  the  vowel  which  follows  w. 
It  then  represents  both  w  and  the  vowel.  (6)  When  a 
dot-vowel  follows,  use  Weh;  and  Wuh  when  a  dash-vowel 
follows,  (c)  Make  the  Brief  Way  heavy  or  light  accord- 
ing as  the  vowel  is  long  or  short;   thus: 

W  AND 


quell,  dissuade,  dissuasive,  quack. 

W  and  a  Dash- Vowel:    _:..      _fl_      

squat,  quad,  quote. 

123.  Brief  Yay  may  be  written  in  the  vowel  places  to 
indicate  y  and  the  following  vowel,  the  dot-vowels  being 
indicated  by  Yeh  and  the  dash-vowels  by  Yuh;  thus: 
£P\  lawyer,    s_L>-2_  unyoke. 

124.  Because  the  sound  of  e  or  i  when  followed  by 
another  vowel  closely  resembles  the  sound  of  y  in  a 
similar  situation,  both  vowels  may  be  represented  by 

70 


Different  Ways  of  Expressing  W  and  Y     71 

Brief  Yay.  The  writing  of  a  vowel  is  saved  thereby. 
In  such  cases,  Brief  Yay  is  written  according  to  the 
instruction  in  Paragraph  123.     Hence,  we  may  write: 

Arabia  for  Arabia,  inferior  for  inferior,    theology  for 

er      -t       -i;-    _><        x  _ 

theology,    odyus  for  odious,     opiate  for  opiate. 

12.5.  Whenever  the  junction  would  be  convenient,  it 
is  allowable  to  join  Brief  Yay  to  represent  a  final  ya 
or  yoo  sound;    thus:  ^p^-~  ammonia,  ^V_  nephew. 

126.  It  is  sometimes  convenient  to  represent  w  and 
a  following  i,  occurring  between  two  consonants,  by  a 

,L  O 

small  right-angle  sign;  thus: ...  twice,  ^J  quiet,  --  ~  like- 
wise. 

ENLARGED  BRIEF  WAY  AND  YAY 

127.  On  the  principle  of  representing  two  Iss  word- 
signs  (as  is  as)  by  Ses,  the  Brief  Way  and  Yay  signs  may 
be  doubled  in  size  to  express  (a)  two  Brief  Way  word- 
signs,  as  we  were,  or  (6)  a  Brief  Yay  and  a  Brief  Way 
word-sign,  as  you  were;  thus: 

--    ^ay-web, { wewould.         ?_  kfcatiwm 

c  '     what  with, 

Weh'weh1,     with  what.  ( what  would. 

w  i-.i"  /  wpre  with,    .„  d__.    Wuh'wuh*,  (  W0U!CJ  "'{'•  . 
.  _c_  _      W  eh  well-,  j  wer(J  wh&t  '  \  would  what . 

JL    Weh'yehi,     withyou.     --?-    Wuh'yuW,  { J**  ££ 

_^_.    WehW{  — ^'      .„o...    Wuh'yuh.{w-gyou, 
'  __n___  Yuh'wuh2,  you  were,  you  would. 


72 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


Remarks  -(a)  These  Bigns  Bhould  be  Bhaped  like  a  horseshoe. 
(h)  The  position  of  a  sign  is  th'*  Bame  as  that  of  the  first  word  of 
the  phrase  it  represents,  (c)  The  Bigos  representing  two  words 
beginning  with  vo  should  be  horizontal,  and  the  opening  should  be  in 
the  same  direction  as  that  of  the  Bret  word  of  the  phrase  when  alone. 
(d)  The  signs  for  phrases  in  which  the  second  word  begins  with  y 
should  incune  in  the  direction  of  Ray  or  Chay.  (e)  The  sign  for 
you  W  r<  ,  you  would  should  be  vertical,  like  the  sign  for  you. 


READING  EXERCISE 


i  .^C. 


1 


N'mi       The  suffix  with  istienerally  best  represented  by  Tth  joined  to  the  prered- 
ing  part  of  the  word;  aa  in  hi  <  with  (Ar'-Ith),  i  Wer— Itli).    Brief  Way  in 

the  vowel  place  before  Ith  may  usually  be  omitted.    The  Brief  Way  sign  for  with 
may  be  joined  to  the  preceding  part  of  the  sign  for  forthwith. 

BUSINESS  LETTER 


x-.fe, 


Different  Ways  of  Expressing  W  and  Y     73 


V-x-)- 


•CL 


n 


d 


Sc..A.   i^ 


11... 
V  5 


r  *v 


-  p — 


1.  squeezed 

2.  quizzed 

3.  equipped 

4.  acquitted        9.  mania 

5.  quickness      10.  odious 


TEST  WORDS 

6.  quilt  11.  folio 

7.  wherewith     12.  populan 

8.  earthquake   13.  occupy 


14.  furious 

15.  usurp 


16.  Utah 

17.  quietly 

18.  quiescent 

19.  twilight 

20.  requite 


WRITING  EXERCISE 
1.  We-were  fortunate  in  not  sailing  on-the  Lusitania  on  May  1st, 
as  we-had  expected  to.  2.  We-would  go  with-you  if  we-were 
invited.  3.  With-what  company  do-you  expect  to-be  connected? 
4.  If-he  were-with  them,  he  would-have  said  so.  5.  If  it  were-what 
they  say  it-is,  we-would  buy  it.  6.  I-will  go  with-you.  7.  Were- 
you  in  Chicago  last  Wednesday?  8.  Some  were-yet  expect  :ing-a 
raise  in  wages  when-they-were  lowered.  9.  What-we  want  (to) 
know4  is,  what-were  they  doing  here?  10.  He  said  he-was  sick,  and 
I-asked-him,  With  what?  11.  What-would  she  do  with  it?  12. 
Would-we-be-received?  Would  what-you-say  interest  them?  13. 
What-you  did  was  right.  14.  I  know  not  what-yet  to  expect. 
15.  Would-you-be-willing  (to)  go4  with-me?  16.  If-you-werc  sat- 
isfied, you-would-come  with-me. 

BUSINESS  LETTER 
Sir: 

We-have  received-yours  of  September  14th  and-note  with  interest 
that-you-are  to-be  in  New-York  next  month  (to)  buy4  stock  for-your 
summer  season.  If-it-will-be  of  service  (to)  you4,  you-may  use  our 
office  for-the  receipt  of-your  mail  or  anything  else  that-you  wish. 
And-if-you  see  that-we-have  anything  that-you-are  intending  (to) 
buy4,  we-shall-be  happy  (to)  sell4  it  (to)  you4  at  a-special-rate. 

Respectfully-yours, 


10 


LESSON  18 

EMP   OR    KM  B  — ISH   OR  SHAY 

12S  In  certain  words  in  which  mp  or  mb  occur  together, 
it  is  desirable  to  express  them  by  a  single  sign.  This  is 
done   by   widening,    or    shading,    Em    to   indicate   the 

addition  of  the  sound  of  p  or  b;  thus:    iC^imp,    57?. 
ctnhoss. 

129.  This  sign  is  called  Emp  when  it  represents  mp; 
and  Emb  when  it  represents  mb. 

130.  Emp  or  Emb  is  not  halved  to  add  t  or  d  (unless 
modified  by  a  final  hook;  see  Paragraph  198),  as  it  would 
conflict  with  Emd. 

131.  Vocalization  of  Emp  or  Emb. — A  vowel  written 
beside  Emp  <>r  Emb  should  be  read  before  or  after  both 
consonants,  according  as  it  is  written  above  or  below,  as 
in  the  following  examples: 

[emp] 
1.  pump,  bump,  damp,  jump,  camp,  shampoo,  lamp,  lump, 

^  "v.  °v>         ^    ^    — s     n 

2    limp,  romp,  swamp,  scamp,  impose,  imposed,  impute,  impede, 


3.  impel,  impair,  empire,  empower,  empress,  emperor,  stamp, 
71 


Em  j)  or  Emb  75 

4.  simple,    simplify,    .simplicity,    example,    impeach,    impure. 

[emb] 

5.  ambitious,  ambush,  bamboo,  embalm,  embassy,  embargo, 

^-^a  __  ._•<?. .  _j?. j ?i___^r^_ 

6.  embezzler,  embarrass,  embarrassed,  embody,  imbibe,  imbued, 

i 

7.  somebody,    ambiguous,    dumb-bells,     lumbago,    embosser. 

132.  Write  in  the  position  of  the  accented  vowel  and 
vocalize  the  following: 

TEST  WORDS 

1.  impel  6.  gimp  11.  temporary  16.  ambiguity 

2.  impish  7.  stamper  12.  tempest  17.  sample 

3.  impolicy  8.  extemporize  13.  impale  18.  akimbo 

4.  impulse  9.  skimp  14.  bamboozle  19.  stump 

5.  impurity  10.  vamp  15.  bombast  20.  imposed 

133.  The  following  are  the 

EMP  WORD-SIGNS 


Emp1  Emp2  Emps1 

important  improve-d  impossible 

importance  improvement  impossibility 

may  be 

Ellipses',  impossibilities 


7(1  (if ithuin's  II a. si ness  Shorthand 

DIFFERENT     DIRECTIONS    OF    THE    STROKE 
FOR   SH 

13  \.  It  is  Bometimes  convenient  to  write  the  stroke  for 
sh  upward.     When  so  written  it  is  called  Shay. 

135.  (a)  Shay  is  used  for  sh  after  Tee  or  Dee,  as  in 

.r..   tissue,    ^/.  dash,    h_   Swedish;  and  usually  before 
or  after  Lay,  as  in 

-\---  shawl,   -J—  shallow,    --(?-    lash,     -----  polish. 

(b)  In  most  other  cases,  Ish  is  used  for  sh. 

13G.  Write  in  the  position  of  the  accented  vowel  and 
vocalize  the  following: 

TEST   WORDS 

Write  Shay,  the  upward  stroke,  when  small  capitals  are  used. 

1.  ash  7.  Asia  13.  Jewish  19.  lasHed  25.  swasH 

2.  show  8.  push  14.  vicious  20.  slasH  2G.  lout.isH 

3.  shoe  9.  mush  15.  snell  21.  abolisn  27.  yellowisH 
•1.  pshaw  10.  rush  16.  SHelley  22.  slasHed  28.  reddisH 

5.  Bash        11.  cautious     17.  SHale        23.  sIush  29.  fisH 

6.  wash      12.  nausea       18.  socially    24.  sweetisH     30.  fishy 

READING  EXERCISE 


BUSINESS  LETTER 


<t^-_  - 


WRITING  EXERCISE 
1.  It-is  highly  important  that  those  SwedisH  sHawls  be  shipped 
(to)  day4.  2.  The  importance  of  improv:ing-the  sidewalks  on-the 
west  side  (of  the)  lake  is  evident.  3.  You-are  empowered  (to) 
make4  such  improvements  at-the  swamp  as  will  Remove  all-thc  im- 
purities. 4.  It-may-be  impossible  (to)  improve4-the  machinery 
for  emboss  :ing-the  metal  lamps  without  importing  somebody  (to) 
do4  it. 

BUSINESS  LETTERS 
Peter  Allison, 
Elyria,  Ohio. 
Sir:    We-are  sorry   (to)  say4  it-is  now  quite  impossible  for-us 
(to)    make4-the  improvements   you   desiRe.     The   shisn  and-mud 
on-the  roads-  make  teaming  almost  impossible,  and-it  may-be  so 


78  Graham's  Business  Short  hand 

for  quite  a   while.     But  as-soon-as-the  roads  are  better,  we-will 
pU8h-the  work  forward  rapidly. 

Yours-respectfully, 

Sir:  It-is  important  that  our  pump  should-be  repaiRed  without- 
delay,  as-it-ia  impossible  for-ua  to  use  it  as-it-is.  We-have-made 
this  request  of-you  several  times,  and-we  now  notify-you  that  we- 
will  move  on-the  first  (of  the)  month  if-the  pump  is-not  repaiRed 
by-that-time. 


LESSON  19 

DIFFERENT   WAYS   OF   EXPRESSING   H 

137.  There  are  two  ways  of  expressing  h: 

1.  By  Hay. 

2.  By  a  light  dot,  called  Heh. 

138.  Hay  is  used  generally  in  the  following  cases: 

1.  In  words  in  which  h  is  the  only  consonant, 
or  the  only  one  that  can  be  conveniently 
represented  by  a  stroke;   as  in    <si_   hay, 

..a.&\\,   -il-  ahoy,     c(.  soho. 

2.  When   //   follows   an   initial    or    precedes  a 

final  vowel;  as  in  /\  ahead,  -""'<  Omaha. 

3.  For  initial  h  preceding  a  consonant  which  is  fol- 

lowed by  a  final  vowel;  as  in    \. '.haughty. 

o 

•I.  When  s   follows   initial   h;    as  in  .    .  hiss, 


hoist,  J?..  Hester,  A.\.  hasten. 


Different  Ways  of  Expressing  II  79 

5.  When  h  is  followed  by  a  straight-line  con- 
sonant in  the  past  tense  of  one-syllable 
verbs;  as  in 

£_         S]_       _<?_       s?__     _^_ 

heaped,  heated,  hitched,  hedged,   hooked. 

139  Except  as  stated  in  Paragraph  138,  the  sound  of 
h  before  a  simple-vowel  or  a  diphthong  is  generally  ex- 
pressed by  writing  Heh  before  it;   thus: 

-\.    ;i_     7       ./     X__ 

heap,    heat,    hitch,    hedge,    hook,    halve,    heath,    hash, 

r    x    ^    v«     vu    ^     .5f.     -1. 

hail,    hair,    hem,    hence,    hung,    whey,    awhile,    wheat, 

1 •.■  ■  o 

whip,  whim,  whine,  whence. 

Remark. — As  the  learner  gains  experience  in  reading  Phonography, 
he  v/ill  generally  find  that  he  may  safely  omit  the  expression  of  h 
by  Heh. 

READING   EXERCISE 

2  s<r:.--i..^..^.Si:.-o-.-A<!'-->  ^-  •/ 

3  L..- ,sS...Y:\_.,__.,<S.;^/i  -v.-iV 


.>...w..vj3f....(...N..v,..<x...r...:../.  i.-7 


so 


A:> 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

BUSINESS  LETTER 


V 


.yjr^. 


2>1 


• 


.(.^._0_..aC..-^ 


w 


>- 


r    7 


AX 


TEST  WORDS 

X.iit. — In  this  List  ami  the  following  Exercise,  an  italic /7  or  A  indicator:   Dae 
tlir  stroke,  Hay.      In  other  eases,  "li"  is  to  !»■  expressed  by  the  dot,  Heh. 


1.  hairy 

2.  hallow 

.'•!.  hai 
1.  haum 
.">.  hedgerow 
(i.  healthy 

7.  hearty 

8.  huLk. 


'.).  Havana 

10.  hog 

11.  holiday 
L2.  honey 

13.  hoot 

14.  humility 

15.  hoRnet 

16.  horrid 


17.  hasp 

18.  hamlet 

19.  hate 

20.  hoRse 

21.  hcRaul 

22.  hawser 

23.  hangeR 

24.  handy 


25.  huffy        33. 

20.  hoop  34. 

27.  hearth       35. 
2S.  headache  36. 

29.  hum  37. 

30.  hunch       38. 

31.  heRmit      39. 

32.  hoRseshoe40. 


haiR 

hostage 

heroic 

heRring 

hound 

hilarious 

homestead 

homicide 


WRITING    EXERCISE 


Note. — A  correct  outline  is  occasionally  indicated  by  its  name  in  brackets 
following  the  word. 

1.  We-are  hurrying  (to)  make4  use  (of  the)  oixl  hotel  [Tee-Lay] 
at  Hudson  as-a  hospital  for-the  helpless  victims  (of  the)  wreck  (of 
the)  steamer  Henry  [En--Ray]  Hobson.  2.  Harry  Hitchcock  is 
staying  at  Hantley  Hall,  Harrison,  Idaho.  3.  Harvesting  certainly 
[Is8-Ret*-En-El]  is  a-week  ahead  of  last  year.  4.  HoRse-races  are 
bo-be  held  at -the  harvesters'  holiday  fain.  5.  Harvey  heaped-the 
hay  by-the  hedge  ready  for  Loading.  6.  We-wiah  you-would  hiRe 
two  teams  of  white  hoRses  for-us. 


LESSON  20 

USES  OF  LAY  AND  EL,  AR  AND  RAY 

140.  Of  the  two  directions  for  the  stroke  for  /,  the 
upward  (Lay)  is  more  frequently  used.  But  in  a  few 
combinations  it  is  more  convenient  to  write  the  down- 
ward stroke  (El). 

141.  Rules  for  the  Use  of  Lay  and  El. — 

Lay  is  used: 

1.  When  I  is  the  only  sfro&e-consonant  in  the  word;  as  in 

r       r     „-£_       r       .■£_    __f?_ 

ale,  less,  wall,  yell,  Sicily,         slices. 

2.  In  all  other  cases  than  those  specified  for  the  use  of  El. 

El  is  used: 

1.  When  initial  I  is  followed  by  Gay,  En,  Sen,  Ing,  Emp, 
or  Emb;  as  in 

i5-_.fi.  O    C    c    &.     a— 

log,     lion,     lens,     lesson,     lung,     lump,     lumbago. 

2.  After  an  initial  vowel  and  followed  by  Kay,  Em  or 
any  stroke  named  in  the   preceding   paragraph;   as  in 

elk,      elm,      Allegheny,      Illinois,      Allison,     Olyinpia. 

3.  Generally,  after  Ef,  Vee,  or  Ray,  if  no  vowel  follows  I. 

4.  After  Skay,  En,  or  Ing,  whether  or  not  a  vowel  fol- 
lows I;  thus: 

v  _<l   «r     v   v  .ex. 

r 

file,     vowel,     royal,     schedule,     nail,     Nelly,     wrongly. 

SI 
11 


■% 


S'J  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

142.  Rules  for  the  Use  of  Ar  and  Ray.— 
\\  w  [si  jed: 

1 .  W'Ik  11  r  begins  a  word  and  ia  theonlyslro&e-consonantin 
it;  as —^  row,  .w^I  nice;  and,  generally,  for  initial  r, 
unless  followed  by  >«  <>r  ,sm. 

2.  After  an  initial  vowel,  if  r  is  followed  by  Top,  D( 
Chay,  Jay,  Ef,  Vee,  1th,  Tuee,  En,  or  Sen;  as  in 

-A-   -A-    -^->?     A     -tsd. ft*. 

artist,    arrayed,    arch,    urge,    earth,    erroneous,    arson. 

3.  Usually,  before  a  final  vowel  or  a  vowel  and  final  s; 

as  _  \j/—  ferry, A  chorus. 

4.  After  Ith,  Em,  Ray,  Kays,  Gays,  Efs,  Vees,  Ems,  Ens, 
or  Ings,  whether  or  not  there  is  a  final  vowel;  thus: 

(x     kx    ^/  -r  :^   ^ 

thorough,   Thayer,    mayor,    guesser,    officer,         nicer. 
Ait  is  used: 

1.  Usually,  when  r  follows  an  initial  vowel  (except  as 
stated  above, in  2);  thus:  J^__  air,  JlVd  early. 

2.  When  r  is  followed  by  m  or  sm;  thus:JI\--~  roam, 


3.    Generally,  for  final  r  (except  as  stated  above,  in  4) ; 
thus: 

]>air,    char,  cower,   error,   assessor,      loser,  eraser. 

OMISSION  OF  VOWELS 
143.  As  the  student  continues  his  practice,  he  will  dis- 
cover that  many  outlines,  particularly  those  of  several 
strokes,  can  be  read  without  complete  vocalization  and 
often  without  any  vocalization  at  all.  For  the  position 
of  the  outline  is  a  guide  to  the  accented  vowel,  showing 
whether  it  is  first,  second,  or  third-place;  also,  because 
of  such  rules  as  those  for  the  use  of  Iss  and  Es,  Lay  and  El, 
Ar  and  Ray,  the  outline  itself  generally  indicates  facts 


Uses  of  Lay  and  El,  Ar  and  Ray  83 

about  any  omitted  vowels;   and  lastly,  the  name  of  the 
outline  frequently  suggests  the  word  it  represents. 

144.  It  must  not  be  assumed  from  this  that  vocaliza- 
tion is  unimportant.  On  the  contrary,  in  some  cases, 
such  as  proper  names  and  unfamiliar  words,  it  is  indis- 
pensable, and  must,  therefore,  be  mastered  so  thoroughly 
that  any  vowel  can  be  correctly  written  instantly  when 
necessary. 

145.  But,  as  a  general  rule,  the  writer  should  omit: 
(1)  Initial  vowels  when  the  outline  implies  an  initial 
vowel  (see  Paragraph  30,  6).  (2)  Final,  unaccented 
vowels,  especially  i,  when  preceded  by  Lay,  Ray,  or 
any  consonant  which  would  be  otherwise  represented  if 
it  were  not  followed  by  a  vowel  (see  Paragraphs  31,6,  and 
113,  1).  (3)  Vowels  from  outlines  whose  syllable-names 
make  the  required  words,  or  closely  resemble  them;  as 
from  Kayses,  for  "cases;"  Sons,  for  "sense;"  Lay-Dee, 
for  "lady;"    Ray-Dee,  for  "ready." 


4  ^/—Gf-^/---f^>---€^--G^-       ~£* 


84  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

10  X/. .  -err:  ^ 

1 1  .  A_^A. . .'  Yr^=> .  .  TV. !   i 
BUSINESS  LETTER 


■ -^-f- 


^..c. 


TEST  WORDS   ' 


1 .  elbow 
•J.  bowl 
:;.  kneeL 
1.  in' 
5.  guzzle 
C).  wrestle 
7.  hoBseless 
s.  i.i uinge 
9.  alimony 

10.  C(  ol 

11.  Lunatic 

12.  ra 

1"..  anrest 


14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
L8. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 

26. 


arson 

foWL 

resign 

viLc 
valley 

SOUR 

ciscus 

orifice 

mouser 

roar 

counseL 

restose 


'_'7.  roast  it 

28.  urge 

29.  ridge 
;!().  originate 

31.  hei;b 

32.  rob 

33.  cubit 

34.  mire 

35.  newen 

36.  sorrow 

37.  st  a'm 

38.  story 

39.  senseLess 


!<).  nameless 

1 1 .  castle 

12.  vesseL 

13.  puzzle 
4  I.  dazzLe 
4").  assayes 

46.  announcer 

47.  License 
4s.  yeasty 

49.  wrongly 

50.  answer 


WRITING  EXERCISE 
Sirs:  The  RoyaL  Mail  steamer  "Empress  of  India"  will  sail 
for  Sydney  on-Wednesday,  July  6th,  as  seheduLed.  As  she-is 
equipped  with  wireless havang-an  unusually  wide  radius,  you-will-be 
in-touch  with-the  United-States  most  (of  the)  time.  If-you-are 
ready  (to)  engage4  yourstate-BOom,you-should-do-so  without  delay. 


LESSON  21 

INITIAL   HOOKS 
THE   L-HOOK 

14G.  (a)  A  small  hook  on  the  circle-side  at  the  beginning 
of  Pee,  Bee,  Tee,  Dee,  Chay,  Jay,  Kay,  Gay,  Ef,  Vee, 
Ith,  THee,  Ish,  Zhay,  or  Yay  indicates  that  the  sound  of 
I  follows  the  sound  of  the  stroke;   thus: 

\    \     r     r     r     r  c_    <^_ 

pl,      bl,      tl,       dl,      chl,      jl,      kl,      gl, 
Names:  Pel,    Bel,    Tel,    Del,    Chel,    Jel,    Kel,    Gel, 

<L      <L      C      C     J       J      r 

fl,       vl,       thl,     tHl,     shl,       zhl,    yl. 
Fel,    Vel,    Thel,  THel,  Shel,     Zhel,  Yel. 

(b)  Shel  and  Zhel  are  written  upward,  (c)  They  are 
used  only  when  joined  to  another  sign. 

147.  A  large  initial  hook  on  Em,  En,  or  Ray  indicates 
that  an  I  follows  it;  thus: 

cT-n  ml,   d^  nl,   C^  rl  (named  Mel,  Nel,  Rel). 
Remark. — The  large  hook  sufficiently  distinguishes  these  signs  from 
<^~~n  wm,  <^ wn,  c/  wr  (Wem,  Wen,  Wcr). 

148.  General  Rule  of  Vocalization.  —  A  vowel  written 
beside  an  Z-hook  sign  is  read  before  or  after  both  con- 

85 


86  Graham's  Business  Short  hand 

sonants  (not  between  them),  according  as  it  is  written 

before  or  alter  such  sign;   t  hus: 

^      t     :—     c_    x.    JL   c 

apple,    play,    huddle,    eagle,    glow,     oval,     evil,    Ethel. 

Remark. — It  is  unnecessary  to  express  t ho  obscure  vowel  occurring 
between  /  and  the  preceding  consonant  in  the  last  syllable  of  such 
words  as  apple,  huddle,  eagle,  oval,  evil,  Ethd. 

149.  (a)  Iss  may  be  prefixed  to  an  /.-hook,  and  read 
before  the  stroke  or  any  vowel  beside  it;   thus: 

-\      ^       -r      __p__     _.A       -r     ±r_ 

supple,    sable,    settle,    saddle,    satchel,    sagely,    sickle, 


sickly,  safely,  civil,  peaceable,  peaceful,  sincerely,  sanely. 
(b)  Iss  is  not  prefixed  to  c.:^.  Mel. 

150.  Caution. — In  practical  writing,  Iss  becomes  a 
small  loop  when  written  within  a  hook;  hence,  st  is  not 
expressed    by  a  loop  in  such  words  as   staple,  stickle, 

stifle,  but  by  the  stroke  Steej   thus:    p   JP'_   F 

151.  Although  a  loop  is  not  written  within  an  7-hook 
to  express  st  or  str,  the  Ses-circle  may  be  used  in  the  large 
Z-hook  on  Ray;  thus:  v^/  necessarily.  In  this  in- 
stance, the  shape  of  the  letters  between  which  Ses  occurs 
causes  it  to  become  a  loop. 

1 52.  Imperf(  ct  Hook. — Sometimes,  when  an  7-hook  sign 
is  joined  to  a  preceding  stroke,  the  hook  cannot  be  per- 
fectly formed.      In  such  cases,  make  the  hook  thus: 


Initial  Hooks  87 

^     _^l\      r\      _t^ 

reply,      scuffle,      noble,      label,      explicit. 

153.  Halving  Hooked  Signs. — Either  t  or  d  may  be 

added  to  any  hooked  full-length   consonant-stroke  by 

writing  it  half  its  usual  length;   thus: 

.r  V  <  r. 

i 

wilt,  went,  wart,  pleat,  gloat,  float, 

willed,  wend,  ward,  plead,  glowed,  flowed, 

„-r._      _fr_.     ._\._         jd--      \k___       ..V..    __i„ 

settled,  huddled,  beveled,    shackled,  pommelled,  paneled,  tunneled. 

154.  Words  Added  by  the  L-Hook.—" All"  or  "will" 
may  be  added  by  an  Z-hook  to  some  of  the  simple-con- 
sonant and  dash-vowel  word-signs;  also  to  the  horizontal 
and-tick;  thus: 

^  p         ^        * 

—      _..[__       __<;..       __£_  c 

Bcli,         Tel»,         Nel",      Pletoid',  Pletoid*,      Cheltoid^,      Cheltoid1,    Keltoid*. 

by  all,    at  all,    in  all,    of  all,    to  all,    should  all,    on  all,    and  all, 

r  r       -f-       c 

Tel*,  Cheli,  Chel*.  Chel»,  Tirel*,  Jeltoid-', 

it  will,,    each  will,     which  will,     much  will,     they  will,     who  will. 

155.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  the  student  should 
now  thoroughly  memorize  the  following: 

L-HOOK  WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS 

x     Pel1,  ffimtilv  ^     Snlerl-   Kimnlieil  -I. 


Pel1,  comply,  ._§._ Spied2, supplied  -'--Tel2,  tell,  till 

[Pled1,  complied]    <• 

Pel2  people-il  —--Bel1,  belong-ed  — Telt1,  till  it 


-VPel3,'™p?Jy      .■   „    ---Bled1,  build, built  -Teld2,told 
[Pled3,  applied) 

A _Spela,  supply            A_Bel2,  able, ably,  Tel1,  until. 

believe-d  at-all 


88 


Gra Inim's  Business  Shorthand 


Tell  .  until  it       .IT^w  Kay-Bel8, capo-  _,.  ,      ReP,rule-d 

1,1,  -y 

.  r.Telsl  ,at  leasl        o  ^ 

__V__Fel\  feel,  fill,      ----- Bels'i  «»lizo 
P                                                    fall,  follow        e> 
I        Del»,  deliver-ed,                                        </     Relet1,  realiz- 
delivery  ...V.-FeldSfiUed,           <r^  ed 
Kel1,  call,  equal,                      followed     Mel1,  million 


equally 

Keld1,  called, 
equalled 

Kel2,  difficult, 


.<L_.Fel2,full-y 


CJ> 


Mel3,  family 


--^~  Vf}r'J^e  ,       Neb' ,  unless 

[Vela-Bel.  valu- 


able] 


Nel2,  only 


difficulty  __VekP,  valued 

Ncl3,  annual- 

/  ^  iy 

l___Rell,real-ly,       ^_J 

mility  Eni-Shel,in- 

.6^..RelS  related,         r    J^^\     . 

Skels1,  exclusive  relation      1  eld1,  yield-ed 


Kel-- Kay,  col- 
lect-ed 

Kel3,  calculate-d 
calculation 


READING    KXERCISE 


5..<.V: 


2    -S. 


^    ^    ^      * 


V5* 


t 


\     \    X 


c V 

-----  T-  ->-\: 


<~^-* 

^       ^y- 


\ 


.X. 


\.?.._\      ,. 


-V--, 


J,-L.$>,±. 


-^y]-f 


Initial  Hooks  S9 

5   P..../. >.-../p- X,  __v.... 


.V\/7  r  (. 


c 


cM 


o    L 


to 


J 


TEST 

WORDS 

1.  please 

10.  idle 

19.  complied 

28.  split 

2.  pleases 

11.  bleach 

20.  completcLy 

29.  inclose 

3.  cloth 

12.  oblige 

21.  flesH 

30.  bushel 

4.  clothing 

13.  clip 

22.  flight 

31. stable 

5.  closed 

14.  clutch 

23.  flat 

32.  youthful 

G.  closely 

15.  globe 

24.  only 

33. local 

7.  classed 

16.  glad 

25.  supply 

34.  cheaply 

S.  glow 

17.  Blackwell 

26.  salVlv 

35.  buckle 

9.  glazed 

18.  Oklahoma 

27.  cycle 

30.  vaguely 

12 


(.io  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

37.  quickly  U.  initial  15.  namely  49.  disclose 

38.  likely  12.  uncle  -It',,  reply  50.  disclaim 

39.  thickly  43.  final  47.  sincerely 

40.  lovely  I  I.  tunnel  18.  novel 

WRITING  EXERCISE 
I.  Please  send-us  immediately  on  receipt  of-this  your  complete  list 
of  BUrgical  supplies.  2.  They  calculated  that-the  exclusive  rights 
ought  to-be  valued  at  a-million  dollars  at-least.  3.  The  difficulty 
followed  as-the  result  of  wrong  calculations.  4.  You-should  realize 
that  it-was  really  without  any  relation  to  rule.  5.  They-will  yield 
when-they  realize  your  many  difficulties. 

BUSINESS  LETTER 

l'l.iivn  Mitchell,  Esq., 
Pleasant  Place, 

City. 
Sir:  As  requested  in-yours  of  recent-date,  we-are  mailing 
you  samples  of  various  labels  which  we-think  would-be  suitable 
for-your  use.  These  labels,  however,  show  only  a-few  (of  the) 
many  equally  good  styles  to-be  seen  in-this-office.  If-you-would 
call,  we-should-be-glad  (to)  discuss4  them  with-you  and-do  ail-that 
we  could  (to)  suggest'  a-satisfactory  style  of  label  for-your  output. 
Yours  sincerely, 


LESSON  22 

INITIAL   HOOKS— Continued 

THE   R-HOOK 

15G.  Signa  to  indicate  the  combination  of  r  with  a 

preceding  Pee,  Bee,  Tee,  Dee,  Chay,  Jay,  Kay,  Gay,  Ef, 

!th,  THee,  Ish,  or  Zhay  are  obtained  by  turning  over 


Initial  Hooks  91 

side  wise   the    corresponding   Z-hook   signs,   except   Slid 
and  Zhel,  which  are  turned  over  endwise;  thus: 


Names: 


\ 

\ 

r 

r 

r 

f       <—         c_ 

pi, 

bl, 

ti, 

dl, 

chl, 

]1,      kl,      gl, 

X 

X 

1 

1 

7 
/ 

7     e c — 

pr, 

br, 

tr, 

dr, 

chr, 

jt,       kr,       gr, 

Per, 

Ber, 

Ter, 

Der, 

Cher, 

Jer,    Ker,    Ger 

t 

<L 

c 

c 

) 

J 

A, 

vl, 

thl, 

tHl, 

shl, 

zhl. 

^ 

^ 

1 

) 

J? 

J 

fr, 

vr, 

thr, 

tHr, 

shr, 

zhr. 

Fer, 

Ver, 

Ther, 

THer, 

Sher, 

Zher. 

157.  Ar,  Way,  Es,  Zee,  do  not  take  an  initial  hook; 
hence,  Fer,  Ver,  Ther,  THer,  cannot  be  read  as  rr,  wr}  sr,  zr. 

158.  Sher  and  Zher,  having  the  hook  at  the  top  and 
being  always  written  downward,  are  readily  distin- 
guished from  Shel  and  Zhel,  which  have  the  hook  at  the 
bottom  and  are  always  written  upward  and  joined  to 
another  sign. 

159.  R  may  be  added  to  Em  or  En  by  a  small  initial 
hook,  provided  they  are  shaded  in  the  middle;  thus 
<r-^  Mer,  ^_^  Ner.  The  shading  sufficiently  distin- 
guishes them  from  <r-^  Wem,    ^-^  AVen. 

1G0.  The  r-hook  is  not  written  on  Emp  or  Ing;  hence 
Mer  and  Ner  cannot  be  read  as  mpr  and  ngr. 

161.  Vocalization. — An  r-hook  sign  is  vocalized  just 
as  an  Z-hook  sign  is. 

162.  Imperfect  Hook. — Occasionally,  when  an  r-hook 


92  (i nihil m's   Busine8S  Shorthand 

sign  is  joined  to  a  preceding  stroke,  the  hook  cannot  be 
perfectly  formed;   in  such  cases  make  the  hook  thus: 

u,       _L      -a_.      .^. 

drummer,  decreed,  checkered,  armored. 

163.  Ess,  Ses,  or  Steh  may  be  written  in  the  r-hook's 
place  on  straight  strokes,  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  to 
prefix  8,  SS,  or  &t'}    as  in 

supper,   sober,      setter,     solder,  sager,    sucker,  sagger 
Names:  Sper,       Sber,       Ster,        Sder,     Sjer,      Sker,     Sger, 

-]-   -v  -J-     -'-      -    -^ 

Bister,      stupor,    stouter      stitcher,        stoker,      stagger 
Names:  Ses-Ter,  Steh- Per,  Stch-Ter,  Steh-Cher,  Steh-Ker,  Steh-Ger 

104.  Caution. — The  Ster-loop  is  never  prefixed  to  an 
r-hook  sign.     Hence,  strapper,  striker,  stretcher,  etc.,  are 

written  ._«j___rrr.___ln_.  ,  etc. 


105.  The  r-hook  signs  preceded  by  Iss,  Ses,  or  Steh, 
when  spoken  of  as  a  class,  are  named  respectively  the 
Sper,  Scs-Per,  and  Steh-Per  signs. 

100.  A  Sper  or  Ses-Per  sign  may  be  joined  to  a  pre- 
ceding straight  stroke  of  the  same  direction;  thus: 

v_  __f._    ^_    __|__ 

prosper,         prospered,  destroy,       execrate,     disaster. 
Names:  Pers-Per,      Pers-Pred,  Dees-Ter,  Kays-Kret,  Deeses-Ter 

107.  Sker  or  Sger  may  be  joined  to  a  preceding  straight 
stroke  in  the  direction  of  Bee  or  Dec  thus:  \, —  Bees-Ker, 
L —  Dees-Ker. 


Initial  Hooks  93 

108.  Spcr  may  be  joined  to  a  preceding  Chay  or  Jay; 
thus:  A<^_  cheese-press,  __/__  jasper. 

169.  When  the  hook  cannot  be  easily  implied  by 
writing  a  circle  in  its  place,  Iss  is  written  distinctly 
within  the  hook;  thus: 

extreme,      massacre,  Lucifer,  sinner,  soother 
Names:  Kays-Ter-Em,  Ems-Ker,  Lays-Fer,  Sner,  Iss-THer 

170.  R  may  be  omitted  from  scribe  in  prescribe, 
proscribe,  subscribe,  transcribe,  describe,  and  from  scrip — 
in  their  derivatives,  descriptive,  subscription,  etc.;   thus: 


prescribe,  subscribe,  describe 

171.  Words  Added  by  the  R-Hook.-r-" Are"  or  "our" 
may  be  added  by  an  r-hook  to  some  of  the  simple-con- 
sonant and  dash-vowel  word-signs;  also  to  the  horizontal 
and-tick;  thus: 

_-/__    __)__   ..,_  .....    >__  j 

1  <^ 

Cher*,  Trier*,       Jerdoid',      Kretoid*.         Bet1,         Ter>,  Ner». 

which  are,  they  are,  who  are,  and  arc;  by  our,  at  our,  in  our, 

Bredoid1,       Ptetoid1,        Ptetoid*,  Chertoid*,  Chertoid1,        Ktetoid*. 

all  our,       of  our,       to  our,       should  our,       on  our,       and  our 

Note. — In  our,  Net*,  is  written  iu  the  third  position  to  distinguish  it  from  near, 
which  is  in  the  first  position. 

172.  "Self"  and  "Selves"  Added.— Self  may  be  added 
by  Iss  to  the  signs  for  "by  our,"  "to  our";   and  selves, 

by  Ses;  thus:  _J^  by  ourself,  .^o-.to  ourself,    _^  by  our- 
selves, _<*>__.  to  ourselves. 


94  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

READING   EXERCISE 

2    <rf  r   '^    '^   c'     "\     ^     •;     ^    > 


BUSINESS   LETTER 

x  .7)...°:  c'.Cv.  r\    ]  . 


. 


.t...|._C 


I  - 


<w    ^  <L 


i__tti_ ^X_-v_../.  i__-  / _. 


•  i 


v 


^i.. 


-jND.y. 


._c__/V___ 


TEST  WORDS 

1.  price  1.  entry  7.  hasbor  10.  extra 

2.pr<  5.  tracing  8.  disagreeable  11.  pastry 

3.  secrecy  ;.per  9.  depositor  1  J.  dishonor 


Initial  Hooks 


95 


13.  industry 

14.  Detroit 
15. cedar 

16.  Denver 

17.  pride 

18.  disagree 

19.  trace 

20.  trolley 
21. ledger 
22.  fabric 


23.  profess 

24.  oppress 

25.  street 

26.  trouble 
27. traceR 

28.  crude 

29.  richer 

30.  graduate 

31.  editor 

32.  angry 


33.  brother 

34.  profligate 

35.  preface 

36.  straight 

37.  bring 
3S.  traced 

39.  cross 

40.  teacher 

41.  daughter 

42.  negro 


43.  triple 

44.  try 
45. cry 

46.  grow 

47.  fright 

48.  drug 

49.  creep 

50.  grape 


WRITING   EXERCISE 
Palmer  &  Kruger  Grocery  Co., 
Troy,  X.  Y. 
Sirs:     You-may  ship  2  barrels  of  sugar  weekly  until  we  give-you 
notice  (to)  stop4.     Labor  is  cheaper  now,  and-Humphrcy  says  the 
sooner  we  commence  work  on-the  new  ware-house  the  cheaper  it- 
will-be    for-us.     We-shall  push-the  work  vigorously  and-try  to-be 
in-shape  for-the  tinners  and-plumbers  by-the  last   Friday  in-the 
month.     Our  drummers  say  we-may  look  for  an-increase  in-busi- 
ness, and-we-must  be  in-shape  (to)  handle4  it.     We-hope  soon  to-be 
in-shape  (to)  do4  a-bigger  business  and-give  quicker  service. 
Sincerely-yours, 


LESSON  23 


INITIAL   HOOKS— Continued 


173.  In  the  preceding  lessons,,  the  use  of  Z-hook  and 
r-hook  signs  is  confined  to  words  in  which  the  accented 
vowel  precedes  or  follows  both  consonants.  But  to 
avoid  long  and  inconvenient  outlines,  such  signs  may  be 
used  even  when  a  clear,  accented  vowel  occurs  between 
t he  two  consonants,  as  in  dark,  term,  engineer.     In  these 


96  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

.  if  the  word  is  not  sufficiently  legible  without 
vocalization,  the  vowel  may  be  written  so  as  to  read 
between  the  consonants,  by  I  lie  following  rule: 

171.  Special  Ride  of  Vocalization. — Vowels  to  be  read 
between  the  Z-hook  or  r-hook  and  the  stroke  to  which 
the  hook  is  attached,  are  written  thus:  Dot-vowels  are 
represented  by  minute  circles  and  written  (1)  before  the 
stroke,  if  the  vowel  is  long;   as  in  --]--   dark;    (2)  after 

the  stroke,  if  the  vowel  is  short;  as  in  fb_^  term; 
(3)  on  either  side  of  the  stroke  when  the  preceding  rules 
(1  and  2)  cannot  be  conveniently  applied;  as  in  _-X_ 
engineer,  j^^s  paralyze.     The  dash-vowels  are  written 


through    the   stroke;    thus:    c-»-°   course, I    cor- 

rugate,  _x.  fool,  .„_  false.  Angles  and  semicircles 
are  written  through  the  stroke;  or,  if  more  convenient, 
at  the  beginning  (for  first  position)  or  at  the  end  of  the 
stroke  (for  third  position);  thus: 

f~         3C~^         v--  V 

require         quality         guilo  figure         procure 

1 75.  The  student  should  write  the  signs  of  the  outline- 
names  for  the  derivative  words  enclosed  in  brackets,  as 
well  as  the  engraved  signs  for  their  primitives,  in  the 
following: 


% 


Et-HOOK   WORD-SIGNS   AND   CONTRACTIONS 


Per1,    appear    [Per*1,    ap-  __<\    .  Per3,  practice,  practieal-ly 

pears;  Pret1,  appeared],  [Pers3,  practices;  Perst3, 

proper,' propriety  [Em-  practiced;       Per3-Ket, 

Per1,      improper,      im-  practicable], 

propriety].  _  _>^_  Spers1,  surprise    [Sperat1, 

f.  surprised;  Sperses1,  sur- 

— \  .  Per,  principle-al.  prises]. 


Initial  Hooks 


97 


j\  _ 


-V 


Spers2,   express    [Sperst2,     -_b-__Ters2-Ef,  transfer-red. 
expressed;  Sperses2,  ex-        V. 
presses]. 

Spers3,  suppress  [Sperst3,  q 

suppressed;       Sperses3,  -\-  Ster2-Ard,  extraordinary. 

suppresses].  n 

Pret1,  particular-ly.  Der1,  doctor. 

Pret2,  opportunity,  --  Der2,  dear,  direct-cd  ly 

pretty.  [Der'-'-Ter,  director]. 

Spret1,  spirit.  --]---  Dei'3>  during. 

L__  Sder2,    consider    [Sdred1. 

Per'-Peo,  property.  considered]. 

_  _  L     Dee2-Jer,    danger    [Dee2- 
Per2-Bee,  probable-y,  /  Jers,  dangerous]. 

probability. 

—  I- -  Dees3-Ter,   administer 
_  [Deos3-Tred,  adminis- 

Per2-Dee,  product.  I  tered]. 

; 

Per'-Emt,  prompt-ed.  -  Cherl>  cheer  [Cherd1, 

cheered] . 

Per2-Met,  permit-ted.  —?—  Jer3,  larger,  jury,  junior. 

Per3-Met,  promote-d.  _fH_  Kori,  correct-ed-ness 

[Kers1,  corrects]. 

Ber2,  member,  remember      ^-__Ker2,   care  [Kers2,  cares; 
[Ber2 :  Dee,  remembcrei  1  ] .  Krcd2  cared] . 

Ker8,  car,  euro  [Kers'', 

Ber3,  number  [Ber3:Dee,        c_  curious5 Krei>'  cumll- 

numbered].  _ _«~  _  BW,j  accordinK_lv. 

Ter2  tmth.  Skret3,  secured,  security. 

c Ker2-Kay,  character  [Ker  "- 

Kayst,  characteristic; 
Ker-'-Kays,  character- 
izel. 


Trod2,  toward  [Trods2,  to- 
wards]. 


J o  Ters*-Gays,  transgress 


Kay2-Mer,  commercial. 


13 


98 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


^ 


1  Irel  -Ray, 
greater;  <  Sret*-Lay, 
greatly;  < Iretst2,  great- 

form-ed  [IVr'-Ar, 
former-  ly;  For1-  Lav. 
formal;  Eer'-Let,  form- 
ality; con-dot  :Ferl, 
conform-ed;  Dee^Fer, 
deform  -ed;  Ray1-Fer, 
reform-ed;  En-Fer1,  in- 
form-ed;  En-Fer8,  uni- 
form-ity;  Plet*-Fer, 
platform;  Fcr2-Fer,  per- 
form-ed-aace;  Ters2- 
Fer,  transform-ed]. 

FerJ,  from. 

> 

Ver1,   over    [Yer'-Kay, 
overcome]. 

\\  i ■-,  very,  every  [Veil- 
ing, everything;  Yer'-'- 
Ar,  everywhere]. 

Ver3,  favor-ed  [Vei^-Bee, 
favorable-y], 

Ther2,  through  [Thret8, 
throughout]. 

Tuer1,  either. 


.A 
) 


-) 

_  J. 

-J- 
J. 


■—■ 


THer1,  their,  they  are,  there 

[THer2-Ef,  therefor-ej. 
THer*,  other. 

.  Sher2,  sure. 

.  Sher3,    share    [Sherd3, 
shared]. 

Zher*,  pleasure  [Dees2- 
Zhcr,  displeasure]. 

_  Mer1,      Mr.,      remark-ed 
[Mer-Bel2,  remarkable- 

y],     mere      [Mer'-Lav, 
merely]. 
Mer2,     more     [Mer'-Ver, 
moreover]. 

Xer1,  near  [Nerst1,  near- 
est:  Xer'-Ar,  nearer; 
Nerd1,  neared],  nor. 

Xer',  manner. 

Xer3,  owner,  in  our. 

Nerd1,  in  order. 
Xcr'-(  'i»d.  in  regard. 
.  Ner-Pel ,  in  reply. 
Ner-Spee2,  in  respect. 


BUSINESS  LETTERS 


H 


: 


; 


vT. 


£l 


!L 


■Vl- 


DALLAS,  [ 
Initial  Hooks  99 


WRITING   EXERCISE 

Dear  Sir: 

Replying  (to)  your4  favor  of  Thursday  last,  we  refcr-you  to  .Mr. 
Andrew  Baker,  14  Liberty  Street,  New-York-City,  who  makes 
what-we  consider  to-bc-the  best  fixing  tank  on-the  market. 

Regular  film  stock  comes  in  one  hundred,  two  hundred,  and  four 
hundred-foot  rolls.  Should-you  require-the  odd  Lengths  you  speak 
of,  we-will  patch  it  (to)  make1  any  Length  required,  at  an-extra  cost 
of  15  cents  a  patch. 

Sincerely-yours, 

Dear  Sirs : 

Will-you  please  give-me  some  formulas  for-tbe  fixing  of  films? 
At-present  I-am  us:ing-the  regular  Ansco  fixing  bath,  but  believe 
that-they  advise  something  else  for  moving  pictures. 

Abo  please  tell  me  what  style  of  boxes  should-beused,and-how-the 
films  should-be  handLed  while-drying. 
Sincerely-yours, 


LESSON  24 

INITIAL   HOOKS— Continued 
LER  AND   REL  HOOKS 

176.  It  is  occasionally  advantageous  to  enlarge  a  small 
Z-hook  to  add  the  sound  of  r,  and  an  r-hook  to  add  the 
sound  of  /;   thus: 

Pier,  Bier,  Tier,  Dlcr,  Chlcr,  Jler,  Kler,  Gler,  Fler,  VTer,  Shier, 

<\     <\        1        1       1         ?       c_     <_    ^     <^         J? 
l'rrl,  Brel,  Trel,  Drel,  Chrel,  Jrel,  Krel  Grel    Frel,  Vrel,  Shrel, 
cT^  Merl,  Q_^  Nerl. 

177.  This  principle  is  not  employed  to  add  r  to  Mel. 
Nel,  Etel,  for  the  hooks  of  these  signs  are  already  large 
and  it  would  not  be  advantageous  to  make  them  still 
larger. 

178.  Names. — (a)  The  enlarged  /-hook  is  called  the 
Ler-hook;  and  the  enlarged  r-hook,  the  Rel-hook.  (6) 
When  spoken  of  as  a  series,  they  are  named  the  Pier  and 
Trel  signs. 

179.  Vocalization  of  Pier  and  Prel  Signs. — (a)  A  vowel 
written  before  a  Pier  or  Prel  sign  is  read  first;  thus: 
\  altler,  <X April;  (b)  but  if  written  after  such  sign, 
it  is  read  before  the  /  or  r  added  by  the  enlargement. 
In  other  word-,  the  /  or  r  sound  is  read  last;   thus: 

i 

blare,      floor,        clear,    color        ocular. 
100 


Initial  Iloohs  101 

180.  (a)  S  may  be  prefixed  to  a  Pirn-  or  Prel  sign  by 
writing  Is.s    within    the  hook;    thus: :  scholar,  ~\  _ 

pastoral,     (b)  Iss  at  the  end  of  such  signs  is  read  last; 

T 
thus:   __bj  trials. 

181.  "Our"   Added. — Enlarging  the  hook  of  the  signs 

C 

for    by    all,    at   all,    adds   our;   thus:    ___  by    all    our; 

--P-   at  all  our. 

182.  "All,"  "Will"  Added.— Enlarging  the  hook  of  a 
few    full-length    r-hook    word-signs    adds    all    or    will; 

thus:     5T\_  from    all,     _J_   over    all,     0   through    all, 

il_  during  all,   0  they  are  all,  there  will, nor  will. 

183.  PREL-HOOK  WORD-SIGNS 

preliminary,  parallel-ed,  parliament-ary,  truly,  surely 

THE   IN-HOOK 

184.  Prefixes  "In,"  "En,"  "Un."— Where  necessary 
to  avoid  turning  Iss  on  the  under  side  of  En  or  changing 
the  usual  form  for  the  remainder  of  the  word,  the  prefix 
syllables  in,  en,  un,  followed  by  s,  are  expressed  by  a 
small  back  hook,  thus: 

_^_     t   _£n    r  _**_   :_v  ^ 

insuperable,  instruct,  inscribe,  insult,  insoluble,  incivility,  enslave, 

_tu_i=^. ^_.  _.^.____^r_._..-r_ 

unstrung,  unscrupulous,  unsociable,  unsunnised,  unseemly,  unsettle. 


1()'J  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

L85.  This  book  is  called  the  In-book,  or  simply  In. 

186.  In  phrase-writing,  the  In-hook  may  l>e  used  for 
the  word  "in"  when  En1  cannot  be  conveniently  em- 
ployed; thus: 

A.  T-        J!        f 

in  spirit,  in  straight,  in  size,  in  selling,  in  some. 

Remark. — Wlion  so  used,  the  In-hook  follows  the  position  of  the  second  word  of 
tin'  phras< .    See  Paragraph  '■-. 

BUSINESS  LETTER 


A  I  vj^^p-^  '  2 a 


_^_9  r.X.-t^A.^.c   c_  ^-r..,.^ 


*r;_  «_, 


_^___u  ^..-..o.-^  .„_<t_ 


In  ilia  I  Hooks 


103 


TEST 

WORDS 

1.  Colonu  1<> 

'.i.  industrial 

17.  peddler 

2.5. 

unsuppressec 

2.  Florida 

10.  circular 

IS.  burglar 

2(3. 

unceremoni- 

3. Charles 

11.  clear 

19.  editorial 

ous 

4.  mineral 

12.  color 

20.  trial 

27. 

unsaddle 

5.  declare 

13.  scholar 

21.  hydraulic 

28. 

unstrap 

6.  chloroform 

14.  clerk 

22.  corporal 

29. 

inspire 

7.  inaugural 

15.  chloride 

23.  insecure 

30. 

unscrew 

8.  patrol 

16.  bichloride 

24.  insomnia 

WRITING  EXERCISE 
1.  At-the  preliminary  trials,  it-was  clearly  evident  that  parallel 
courses  would  surely  be-the  most  satisfactory.  2.  A-knowledge  of 
parliamentary  procedure  is  essential  to-all  who  desiite  (to)  partici- 
pate4 in  debate.  3.  The  large  initial  hooks  are  not-only  invaluable 
in-the  writing  of  separate  words,sueh  as  April,  Colorado,  Florida,  et 
cetera,  but  they  greatly  increase-the  phrasing  power  [Pcc'-Ray]  (of 
the)  system,  as  may-be  seen  in-such  phrases  as  Ihey-are-all,  by-all-our, 
fro m-all,  there-will.  4.  The  use  made  of-these  large  initial  hooks  is 
inseparably  a-part  (of  the)  Graham  system,  in-fact  peculiar  (to)  it', 
and-gives  it  an-inestimable  advantage  over-all  others  in-that  regard. 
5.  The  pupil  should  also  notice  that-the  use  (of  the)  ///-hook  does 
away  with-what  otherwise  would-be  very  awkward  forms.  G.  And- 
at-the  same  time  in-some  scores  of  cases,  it  permits-the  easy 
phrasing  of  words  that  naturally  occur  together. 


LESSON  25 

FINAL    HOOKS 
THE   F  OR  V     HOOK 

187.  A  small  final  hook  on  the  circle-side  of  any 
straight  consonant-stroke  adds/  or  v;  thus: 

\,  \>  l    i    /    i  — >  -*  y  S 

Names:  Pef,  Bef,  Tef,  Def,  Chef,  Jef,  Kef,  Gef,  Ref,  Hef. 

188.  The  signs  with  an  /-hook,  when  spoken  of  as  a 
class,  are  called  the  F-hook  signs,  notwithstanding  the 
hook  also  represents  the  sound  of  v. 

189.  Vocalization. — (a)  An /-hook  is  read  after  a  vowel 

following  the  stroke,  as  in  \,  puff,  _S.  heave,  (b)  Hence, 
a  stroke-sign  must  be  used  for  /  or  v  preceding  a  final 
vowel;   as  in  _\__  puffy,  s\_  heavy. 

190.  T  or  (I,  added  to  a  final-hook  sign  by  halving,  is 
read  after  the  sound  represented  by  the  hook;  thus: 
L-  tuft,   ^  craved. 

191.  The /-hook  may  be  used  in  the  middle  of  a  word 
when  more  convenient  than  a  stroke;   thus: 

•I,      \- 

profane,  provoked,  braver,  bravest,  bravely,  befog,  outfit,  traffic, 

l     kt_    _■$__    -f-     -^   -<-   ^ 

i 
deafen,    divorced,    steadfast,    chiefly,    chieftain,    juvenile,    cloven, 


curvature,  grafter,  reveled,  hovered. 
104 


Final  Hooks  105 

192.  (a)  8  or  z  may  be  added  to  an  /-hook  by  Iss 
written  within  the  hook;  thus:  X>  pfs.  (b)  Neither 
Ses,  Steh,  nor  Ster  can  be  added  to  the  /-hook. 

193.  When  added  to  a  final  hook  on  a  half-length 
stroke,  Iss  is  read  after  the  t  or  d  added  by  halving;  thus: 

u~ t : 

tufts,  drafts,  crafts,  gifts,  rifts. 

194.  Words  Added  by  the  F-#oofc.— "  Have,"  "of,"  or 

"ever"  may  be  added  by  an  /-hook  to  a  few  full-length 
straight-line  word-signs  and  to  the  dash-vowel  word- 
signs;  "ful-ly,"  to  the  signs  for  hope,  truth,  care,  awe; 
and  "of,"  to  the  horizontal  arid-tick;  thus: 

Beijing'         BleP,  Telfl,  CheP,     Beftoid',    Peftoid':'ing\ 

by  having,  able  (to)  have,  it  will  have,  which  have,  all  have,  of  having, 
_„__       __.        ......  _:.  __6__  _>__      __!__ 

Peftoid*.      Teftoidi,    Tcftoid*,     Cheftoid'i'ing',    Jeftoid*.  Blef1,  Tef3. 

to  have,  I  have,  but  have,  on  having,  who  have;  by  all  of,  out  of, 

A     -??       <s     .^_     -v.      .        i 

Chef,  Wirt',  WerP,  WerP,        Beftoid1,    Keftoid=,       Chef= 

each  of,  we  are  of,  whereof,  aware  of,  all  of,  and  of;  whichever, 

Jeftoid*,  PcP,  Trefl,  KreP,         Deftoid1. 

whoever;  hopcful-ly,  truthful-ly,  careful-ly,  awful-ly. 

Remark. — Some  reporters  write  .-_  Tetoid1  for  "I."  To  this 
sign,  have  is  added  by  the /-hook. 

195.  "Of"  may  be  added  by  an  /-hook  to  any  full- 
length  straight  consonant  at  the  end  of  a  word;  but 
such  use  should  be  restricted  to  common  phrases  in 
which  the  word  following  of  can  be  joined  conveniently 


to  the  hook;    thus:    t~Y  State   of   New    York;  ^_]fz 
receipt  of  cash.  ' 


receipt 


106  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

196.  "Have"  may  be  added  to  the  sign  for  they  by  a 
a  hook  like  an  unclosed  Ster-loop;  thus:    G   they  have. 

197.  F-IIOOK  WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS 

.... ^..PreP,   perfect    [Prof-Ret,     -  C__  Telf2,  twelve-th. 
perfected]. 

-J^.PreP,  proof,  prove,  pro-      -t— DeP,  dififer^d-ent-ence. 

__!___  Def3,  advance-d. 

_<\^._  Pref3,  approve-al. 

__l\^ — Def2-Pee,  develop-ment. 
~  x  [Def2-Pet,  developed]. 

---!_  Preft1,  profit-ed,  prophet. 


Kief-Ray1,  California. 
--•n^--  Preft3,  approved. 

3_ .  GeP,  gave,  govern-ed-ment 

[Gef2-Ray,  governor]. 
_-\>..  Bef-,  before. 

-"V.  Bee2- Vee. above.      -Xj--  Ar2-Spef,  irrespective-ly. 

...V.Blef2,    belief    [Blef2-Ray,         ~ 

believer].  /\>     Ray2-Spef,  respective-ly. 

.--L...  TeP,  whatever.  v_ — 3  En2-Gef,  neglectfuMy. 

BUSINESS  LETTER 


Final  Hooks 


107 


*   N    L- 

-V-X^ 

1    ' 

.r< 

;~---4 

J—A. 

\            

<1 

rV &._ 

/        1- 

.V.._.^v._ 

^__^.e__. 

\ 

-v-^- 

TEST 

WORDS 

T- 

r 

1.  driver 

11.  defiance 

21.  graft 

31. craven 

2.  serve 

12.  cave 

22.  gruff 

32.  engrave 

3.  chief 

13.  crave 

23.  gruffest 

33.  engraver 

4.  rival 

14.  cleave 

24.  rough 

34.  photograph 

5.  stiff 

15.  clover 

25. roughest 

35.  photographer 

(>.  bluff 

1G.  discoverer 

2G.  behave 

36.  photography 

7. stove 

17.  grave 

27.  behavior 

37.  biographic 

S.  deaf 

IS.  glove 

28.  heaviest 

38.  Vitagraph 

9.  defy 

19.  grove 

29.  defend 

39.  mimeograph 

10.  defense 

20.  groove 

30.  defied 

40.  phonograph 

WRITING  EXERCISE 
1.  They  gave  perfect  proof  that-he  had  profited  before-the  devel- 
opment .(of  the)  California  outfit  was  approved.  2.  Iitrespective 
of-our  belief  that-he-is  neglectful  of-his  duties,  we-have  no  criticism 
to  advance.  3.  Whatever  difference  it  makes  will-be  discovered 
before-the  twelfth.  4.  The  Governor  of  California  and-his  party 
advanced    (to)   their4  respective   places    (to)    witness'-the  review. 


BUSINESS  LETTER 
Dear-Sir:  I-have-had  so  much  trouble  with-the  stove  that-you 
recently  set  up  in-my  library  that  I-fcart  it-will-have  to  come  out. 
So,  I-would  [Tetoid'-Wuh]  like  to-havc  you  look  at  it  once  more 
on  Thursday  or  Friday,  whichever  you  prefer.  If-the  drafts  are 
free,  I-fail  [Petoid-Fcl2]  (to)  see4  why  it-should  smoke  so  awfully. 
Until  you-come,  I  am, 

Hopefully  yours, 


LESSON  26 

FINAL  HOOKS— Continued, 
THE  N-HOOK 

198.  A  small  final  hook  on  any  straight  consonant- 
stroke,  (a)  on  the  side  opposite  that  for  the  /-hook,  and 
(6)  on  the  inside  of  any  curved  consonant-stroke,  adds 
n;   thus: 

Pen,  Ben,  Ten,  Den,  Chen,  Jen,  Ken,  Gen,  Ren,  Hen,  Fen,  Yen, 

c      (      j     )    J     J   r    -\  ^   ^   ^ 

Then,  Tueii,  Esen,  Zen,  Shen,  Zhen,  Lcn,  Arn,  Men,  Nen,  Ingen, 
"^  Wayn,   C  Yayn,  /<— ^  Empen. 

199.  The  signs  with  the  ?i-hook,  when  spoken  of  as  a 
class,  are  called  the  N-hook  sign-. 

200.  Vocalization. — (a)  An  /i-hook  is  read  after  a  vowel 
following  the  stroke;  as  in  Vo  fun.  (b)  Hence,  the 
En-stroke  must  be  used  before  a  final  vowel;  as  in 
_L^  ■  ,     funny. 


201.  Final  N. — (a)   The  ??-hook  is   used   to  express 
final  n,  except  when  two  distinctly-heard  vowels  precede 

it.  as  in  ™  lion,  --/$=**  ruin,  (b)  But  when  preceded 
by  two  vowels  which  may  be  expressed  by  Brief  Yay  in 
the  vowel-place,  the  hook  should  be  used;   thus: 

*_.  a^    :tfb.<?°    rr>' 


carrion,  ruffian,  Unitarian,    Napoleon, 

ins 


Final  Hooks  109 

202.  The  n-hook  may  bo  used  in  the  middle  of  a  word 
when  it  is  more  convenient  than  a  stroke;  thus: 


.5. 


_j_  _^_ 


punish,    canopy,    gunner,    gunnery,    finish,    furnish,    Unionist. 
Remark. — It  is  sometimes  convenient  to  write  Est  upward. 

203.  A  final  s,  ss,  st,  or  sir  sound  may  be  added  to 
straight-line  ?i-hook  signs  by  writing  Iss,  Ses,  Steh,  or  Ster 
in  the  n-hook's  place;  thus: 

-J.-     -I:"       -eh"     *~ 
dance,  danced,  dances,  punster. 

204.  Names. — (a)  The  small  circle  in  the  n-hook's  place 
is  called  the  Ens-circle;  the  large  circle,  the  Enses-circlc; 
the  small  loop,  the  Enst-loop;  the  large  loop,  the  Enster- 
loop.  (6)  The  signs  formed  by  the  attachment  of  these 
circles  and  loops  are  named  Pens,  Penses,  Penst,  Penster 
— Plens,  etc.,  Prens,  etc. 

205.  S  or  z  may  be  added  to  the  Enster-loop  by  a 
small  circle  turned  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  stroke; 
thus:     0  punsters. 

200.  Caution. — The  Ens-  and  Enses-circles  cannot 
be  used  between  straight  strokes;  for,  \ —  is  Pees-Kay, 
not  Pens-Kay;   and  _c|--  is  Decscs-Ter,  not  Denses-Tee. 

207.  The  tick  for  the  may  be  joined  to  the  Ens-circle 
or  the  Enst-loop;  thus:  -C*>-  opens  the,   -70  against  the. 

208.  It  is  sometimes  more  convenient,  when  a  stroke 
follows,  to  write  the  circle  distinctly  within  the  hook; 
thus: 


kinsman,     gainsaid,     ransack,     rinser,     lonesome. 


110 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


209.  (a)  S  or  z  may  be  added  to  an  n-hook  on  a  curve 
by  writing  Iss  within  the  hook;  thus:  fns.  (6) 
Neither  Ses,  Steh,  nor  Ster  is  ever  added  to  the  n-hook 
on  a  curve. 

210.  Final  ns. — A  final  us  sound,  preceded  by  a 
curved  consonant,  is  usually  represented  by  Ens,  instead 
of  the  N-hook  and  Iss,  especially  when  derivative  words 
require  the  En-stroke;    as  in 


offense,  offensive,  offenses,  convince,  convinced,  convinces. 

Note. — (a)  The  following  are  nearly  all  the  words  written  in  accordance  with 
this  principle:  Fence,  offense,  evince,  convince,  lance,  lense,  (El-Ens),  mince,  im- 
mense, announce,  enhance,  pronounce,  denounce,  romance,  renounce,  assurance 
(Sher-Ens),  affirmance  (Fer-Em-Ens),  penance  (Pen-Ens),  finance  (Fen-Ens), 
'annoyance,  "allowance,  'alliance  (Lay-Ens),  'conveyance,  'affluence.  (b)  The 
words  just  given  which  are  preceded  by  a  point  (')  require  the  n  of  the  final  syllable 
to  be  represented  by  a  stroke,  because  the  derivatives  from  them  require  a  stroke; 
and  also  to  express  better  the  two  consecutive  vowels. 


211. 


._  o__  I'en2,  upon. 

_\  ._  Pens',  happiness 

\      Ben2,  been. 

\        Ben8,  to  have  been 

\       Brans*,  remembrance. 


N-HOOK   WORD-SIGNS 

(.first  list) 

__{ ...  Dent1,  did  not,  didn't. 


__J_. 

— J-- 


Dent2,  do  not,  don't. 
Dent1,  had  not,  hadn't. 
Chlent1,  which  will  not. 


--J-- 
s 

Tend1,  at  hand. 
Tlent1,  it  will  not. 

__</_ 

Jen2,     general-ly     [Jens2, 
generalize;  Jenst*,  gen- 
eralized]. 

1 

Den2,  done. 

y 

.lent1,  gentlemen 

1 

Dcn\  down. 

1 

Jent2,  gentleman. 

[Dees3  -Mont,  advance 
<^  ment]. 


Ken2,  can,  question. 


Q— o 


Final 

Kent1,  cannot,  kind. 
Kent2,  account,  county. 
Sken1,  consequential-ness. 


.  Skcns1,  consequence. 


Skent1,  consequent 

— ^    Gen2,  again. 

v,o__  Fen2,  often. 
_  _  _  Ven1,  even. 
___..  THen1,  within. 
__G„_  THen2,  then. 
./.__  THen3,  than. 

.(71-  Len2,  alone. 


Hool 

u 

11: 

r> 

-  Lent1, 

will  not. 

C 

-  Welent1,  we  will  not 

__IV 

-  Arnt2, 

are  not. 

<•" 

_  Wernt 

',  we  are  not. 

~-C^>- 

_  Wernt 

2,  were  not. 



.  Men1, 

men. 

— - 

Men2, 

man. 

'^a 

Mend1 

,  mind. 

..^: 

.  Ment2, 

,  may  not,  am 

not 

<r^> 

Wement1,  we  may  not. 

V      ? 

_  Nen1,  i 

opinion. 

.^_3 

.  Nen2, 

known,  none. 

EXERCISE 

READING 


Note. — The  first  six  linos  are  names  of  American  cities. 


L12  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


•.I 

10 

n 

12 
13 
14 


No 


"7"^ 


_M>_ 


lr 


c~*> 


«\> 


TEST  Wt)RDS 
•  Monday  6.  brown  11.  phoned 


2.  June 
.'!.  amount 
■I.  machine 

5.  open 


7.  fine 

von 
9.  assign 
10.  session 


12.  panic 

13.  punish 

14.  dented 

15.  finer 


16.  cheapen 

17.  chicken 
IS.  quicken 
19.  Lemon 
20. roughen 


Final  Hooks 


113 


21.  happen 
22. ton 

23.  hidden 

24.  Spain 

25.  plan 


2G.  iiton 
27.  aitraign 
28. eaRn 

29.  mine 

30.  human 


31.  obtain 

32.  bacon 

33.  burn 

34.  turn 
35. taken 


30.  Oitegon 

37.  engine 

38.  broken 

39.  constant 

40.  complained 


BUSINESS  LETTER 


Note. — In  this  letter  and  the  exercise  on   page   117,   n-hook  word-signs  and 
phrase-signs  are  preceded  by  a  point  [•]■ 

Mr.  Francis  Boone, 

Kansas  City,  Kansas. 
Dear  Boone : 

Your  inquiry  'upon-the  'question  of  Brown's  contract  is  'at-hand 
and-has  'again  'been  referred  to-our  Mr.  Blaine  for-his  'opinion. 
•It-will-not  surprise  me  if-it-is  found  that  Brown  has  'often  'done 
things,  while  'alone  'down  in  Atlanta,  that  *were-not  "within-the 
limits  of-his  agreement.  My  'remembrance  is  that  he-is  a-'man  of 
keen  'mind  but  unfortunately  inclined  (to)  take4  chances  that  'are- 
not  'generally  justified,  and-that  on-this-'account  we-have  'often 
warned  him  to-be  'even  more  careful  "than  seemed  necessary. 

Although  'none  of-our  'men  'can  find  as  much  business  as  Brown 
does,  I-feaR  'we-will-not-be  able  (to)  keep4  him  if-he-'cannot  avoid 
this  constant  infringement  on-the  rights  of-others.  'We-are-not 
complaining  so  much  on-our-'account  as  because  he-is  standing 
in-the-way  of-his-own   'advancement. 

With  'kind  regards,   I  remain, 

Sincerely-yours, 


IS 


LESSON  27 

FINAL   HOOKS— Continued 


212.  Words  Added  by  the  N-Hook. — The  n-hook  may 
be  used  to  add  words  as  follows: 

1.  Own,  (a)  to  any  stroke  word-sign,  except  its,  expressing  pos- 
session or  ownership;  thus: 

3       .?_.    .^_    _C.      r         V 

their  own,  her  own,  our  own,  my  own,  your  own,  by  our  own, 
at  our  own,  in  our  own,  of  our  own,  to  our  own,  on  our  own, 


all  our  own,  and  our  own. 

(6)  If  the  word  following  own  can  be  joined  to  the  En-stroke 
more  easily  than  to  the  hook,  use  the  stroke;  thus:  _  Z_p--  their 

own  statement, on  our  own  part. 

2.  Xot,  (a)  to  the  signs  for  did,  but,  and  or.  (b)  As  the  sound  of  t 
expressed  by  halving  a  stroke  is  read  after  a  final  hook,  a  number 
of  full-length  word-signs  are  halved  and  hooked  to  express  not; 
for  example:  do  not,  had  not,  which  will  not,  will  not,  we  will  not, 
ore  not,  we  arc  xot,  ivc  may  not. 

3.  Than,  to  words  which  express  comparison  and  end  with  the 
sound  of  r;   thus: 


^r    _*£. 


more  than,  sooner  than,  closer  than,  better  than. 

4.  In,  to  the  signs  for  here  and  we  are;  thus: herein we 

are  in. 

114 


Final  Hooks  115 

5.  One,  (a)  to  the  signs  for  al,  each,  which,     (b)  Use  Wen  for  one 
when  it  is  more  convenient  than  the  hook  for  joining  to  the 

word  following  one;    thus:   ^_„ —  which  one  spoke. 

6.  Been,  to  the  sign  for  have,  thus:   _^,     have  been. 
213.  X-HOOK  WORD-SIGNS 

(Second  List) 

v>__   Spen2,  expensive-ness.        __\ Sprent3,  superintend-cd- 

o  ent. 

__j_ Spens2,  expense.  . 

______  Bend1,  behind. 

._<V_.    Spens3,  expanse-ible.  ___j___     Tens3f  at  once. 

\ 

-_J___   Plens1,  compliance.  _    P_     Sten8,  circumstantial. 

S.         Plens3,  appliance.  c  <_*•!•  _ 

--^•--  '    • 1  ___f_._     btens3,  circumstance, 

°  [Stenses3,  circumstances] 

__\,__   Splen2,  explain-ation. 

Den1,  denominate-d, 

__^>__  Splend2,  explained,  denomination. 

<\        r>                      u  Weh^Ken.  we  can. 

__V_    Pren-,  comprehension-       See  Note  on  page  116 

.        .       Weh'-Kent,  we  cannot. 

__x_  __  Pren3,  apprehension-sive.    

•S  Gen1,  begin,  organ. 

\       t,        ,  Gen2,  begun. 

Prens1,  appearance, 

[Prenses1,  appearances].         __      Qcn3f  began. 

___V-  Sprens2,  experience 

[Sprenst5  experienced],     a _  ... 

Sgay1,  sigmncant-ce. 

__>..   In-Sprens2     inexperience,  °    s       Sgen1,  significancy. 
[In-Sprenst2,     inexperi- 
enced]. __,  Fend8,  found-ed-ation. 

*_     Plent2,  plaintiff. 

rf — ^       Smell2,  examme-ation 

--<v--  Plent',  applicant.  [Ker*-Smen,     cross-ex- 

amine-al  ion]. 

-.r^.--  Prend2,  comprehend-ed .    „tf-^__     Smend8,  examined  [Ker8- 

Smend,        crosa-exam- 
__<^ Prend*,  apprehend-ed.  ined]. 


IK!  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

Note.  "We"  Prefixed  by  a  Hook.— (a)  It,  is  allowable  in  a  few 
cases  (<>  represent  ice  by  joining  WVh  as  :i  hook  to  Kay  and  some 
other  horizontal  letters  which,  according  to  the  general  rule, 
would  not  take  the  Way-hook.  Signs  thus  formed  do  not  in  practice 
conflict  with  the  corresponding  /-hook  Bigns.  (6)  We  is  generally 
joined  hy  the  Way-hook   to  a  following  word  commencing  with 

Em,   En,  Lav,   or   Ray;   thus: we   must,    we  answer, 

ivc  like,    ' we  require. 

READING  EXERCISE 

3 


*.:.„v.      rt,y 


£-p tl ^__  '. 


4  rAf £p___7to °\_.'._ 


5  .!...^\CA..T.i_5z..\>.3  ^.._V^_.L/ 


10 


-v,-r ----/-- 


UNITED  STATES  CIVIL  SERVICE  EXAMINATIONS 

i    -Nl_>-_ .  / .  . -  tf~s> .--V- — 


WRITING  EXERCISE 
1.  The  'superintendent's  'compliance  with-the  very  'comprehen- 
sive demands  of-his  'experienced  workmen  'at-once  removed  all 
•apprehension.  2.  The  'plaintiff  "explained,  dur:ing-the  'cross-exam- 
ination, that-he  'began  to-be  "apprehensive  when-he-missed  a-bill 
of  large  'denomination.  3.  It-is  beyond  my  'comprehension  how- 
the  'inexperienced  student  expects  (to)  gain4  speed  in  short  hand  wit  h- 
out  any  'foundation  in-the-way  of-a  'comprehensive  knowledge  (of 
the)  principles.  4.  On-our-own-part ,  we-think  their-own-statements 
are  no-'more-than  fair.  5.  In-our  'opinion,  at-least,  we-did  'more- 
than  we  should-have-  'been  expected  to  accomplish  when-we  'began 
so-late.  6.  One  'of-our-own  'men  returned  'sooner-than  we  expected 
and-brought  news  "better-than  we-'have-been  anticipating.  7.  *We- 
are-in-receipt  of-your  bill,  and-'herein  hand  you  check  cover  :ing-the 
same.  8.  In-this  city,  the  houses  are  being  built  'closer-than  ever 
before.  9.  We-require  at-least  a-week's  time  on-a  contract  of-this- 
'kind,and-we  like  to-have  'even  more.  10.  It-is  significant  that-the 
'explanations  'have-been  so-long-delayed. 


LESSON  28 

FINAL  HOOKS— Continued 

THE   SHON-HOOK 

214.  A  large  final  hook  on  the  circle-side  of  any  con- 
sonant-stroke adds  the  syllable  shon;   thus: 

passion,    suspicion,    action,    Titian,    flexion,    Parisian,    magician, 

fashion,  oration,  nation,  lotion. 

215.  Names. — When  a  Shon-hook  is  added  to  a  simple 
or  a  modified  consonant,  the  syllable  shon  is  added  to 
the  name  of  the  stroke. 

216.  Caution. — Care  must  be  taken  lest  the  spelling 
should  lead  to  the  employment  of  this  hook  for  syllables 
whose  consonant  sounds  are  not  shn  or  zhn;  as  for  the 
-tian  of  Christian,  which  should  be  written  thus:    r~£ 

217.  The  Shon-hook  cannot  be  used  for  words  whose 
only  consonant  sounds  are  shn  or  shns,  as  in  ^A  shun, 
£)  oceans. 

218.  The  syllable  shon  is  usually  represented  by  Shen 
in  the  following  cases:  (a)  When  this  syllable  is  pre- 
ceded by  initial  s  only;  as  in  J)~  session,  (b)  When 
this  syllable  is  preceded  by  two  vowels  in  a  word  needing 
distinction  by  difference  of  outline  from  another  having 

the  same  consonants;    as  in    IL,_  continuation,   which 

US 


Final  Hooks  119 

needs  to  be  distinguished  from  [^  contention,  (c)  In 
derivatives  from  words  ending  with  Ish;  as  ir~—j- 
diminution,  derived  from    U>— i  diminish. 

219.  A  Shon-hook  sign  is  vocalized  just  as  an  /-hook 
or  an  n-hook  sign  is. 

220.  S  or  z  may  be  added  to  the  Shon-hook  by  Iss 
written  within  the  hook. 

221.  The  Shon-hook  may  be  used  in  the  middle  of  a 
word;  thus: 


optional,  passionate,  conditionally,  auctioneer,  visionary. 

THE   TIV-HOOK 

222.  A  large  final-hook  on  any  straight  consonant 
stroke,  on  the  side  opposite  that  for  the  Shon-hook, 
adds  the  syllable  tiv;  thus:    ^  p-tiv. 

223.  Names. — When  the  Tiv-hook  is  added  to  a 
simple  or  a  modified  consonant,  the  syllable  tiv  is  added 
to  the  name  of  the  stroke. 


captive,     receptive,     provocative,  illustrative,  figurative. 

224.  (a)  The  Tiv-hook  is  never  written  upon  a  curve 
consonant.  (6)  Following  a  curved  stroke,  the  syllable 
tiv  is  usually  best  represented  by  Tef.    Hence,  write 

native,  motive,  votive. 


1.20  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

THE   ESHON-HOOK 

225.  The  syllable  short  may  be  added  to  a  circle  at  the 
end  of  a  stroke  by  a  small  hook;   thus:   V  ps-shon. 

226.  In  words  in  which  this  sign  is  used,  a  first-place 
or  a  second-place  dot-vowel  always  occurs  between  s 
and  the  syllable  short.  Hence,  this  hook,  because  of  such 
vowel,  is  called  the  Esh'on  (e'shon)  hook,  or  simply 
Esh'on. 

227.  (a)  When  the  vowel  preceding  Eshon  is  first- 
place,  it  should  be  written  at  the  left  of  the  hook;  when 

second-place,  at  the  right  of  the  hook;  thus:  --—  oppo- 
sition, \.  compensation,  (b)  It  is  generally  unnec- 
essary to  write  the  vowel  that  occurs  between  s  and  short. 

228.  Iss  may  be  written  within  an  Eshon-hook  to 
express  s;  thus:   _S?_  physicians,    V  compensations. 

229.  Eshon  may  be  used  in  the  middle  of  a  word;  thus: 
<r>^~   conversational. 

EXERCISE 

%_        _4'_  r-*_        _/"       _^-_        <-* 

precision,     decision,     acquisition,     rccision,     musician,     incision, 

%  -*>       —*       s?~        *  X 

persuasion,  accusation,  accession,  recession,  cessation,  association, 
procession,    appreciation,    authorization,    conversation,    transition, 

i  «■*?         Y       ^f 

condensation,  sensational,  transitional,  recessional. 


Final  Hooks                           121 

230.  SHON,  TIV,  AND  ESHON-HOOK 

WORD-SIGNS  AND  CONTRACTIONS 

___0 .  Speeshon2,  exception-al  —  u__  Dershon2,  direction 

\}  .  1 Dershon3,  duration 

Pelshon1,  completion  ^ 

-- \v  Pelshon3,  application  -  -«-  Sdershon2,  consideration 

<\\  Kelshon3,  conclusion 

-__r_  Pershon1,  perfection  ^-^ 

J^_  Pershon3,  oppression  -  -  SkershonS  description 

__°>0_  Spershon2,  expression  -  In-Skershon\   inscription 

~£\-v-  Spershon3,  suppression  Fershon1,  formation 

\  N    t>      i       *     i-  ,t-  „  /^~^>    Emshon2,  mention 
_sj_  Beeshon-,  objection  -1 

p  __^>„  Emshond2,  mentioned 
._..X)    Sbeeshon2,  subjection 

c  Enshon1,  information 

__NJ_  Belshon2,  obligation 

P  o__  Beetiv2,  objective 

__r  _  Steeshon1,  situation 

p  .  , 0__  Sbeetiv2,  subjective 

__U—  Steeshon2,  station 

_P__  Steeshon3,  satisfaction  — -  Peeseshon*,  opposition 

JL-  Tershon2,  contraction  ~^~  Peeseshon2,  position 

_JL„  Tershon3,  attraction  -*y-  Peeseshon3,  possession 

-V. .  Tershont2,  transient  — «  Onseshon',  organization 

- .  k . .  DeeshonS  contradiction  "^  En-Veeseshon*,  investiga- 

I                                   ....  /\d  Ray2-Peeshon,representa- 

._U__  Deeshon2,  condition-al  tjon 

I      _  Deeahon',  addition-al  Z\_,  R^2-Peetiv,  represen- 

y                •  tative 

10 


122 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


TEST  WORDS 

\,,n       i  je  the  Tiv-book  in  the  outlines  of  the  words  in  the  first  two  columns; 
and  Til  in  those  ol  the  la~t  two  columns. 


1. 

vindictH  e 

11. 

imperative 

21. 

correlative 

:si. 

argumentative 

■J. 

indicative 

12. 

operative 

22. 

contemplative 

32. 

legislative 

:i. 

collective 

13. 

corroborative 

23. 

superlative 

33. 

derivative 

I 

communir;iti\  e 

14. 

commemor.it  ive 

24. 

accumulative 

34. 

ative 

5. 

recreative 

15. 

restorative 

2.5. 

affirmative 

25. 

primitive 

6. 

negative 

16. 

curative 

26. 

formative 

36. 

incentive 

7. 

speculative 

17. 

active 

_'7. 

nominative 

37. 

retentive 

- 

tentative 

is. 

protractive 

28. 

remunerative 

38. 

attentive 

a 

comparative 

19. 

defective 

29. 

narrative 

39. 

festive 

in 

lucrative 

20. 

effective 

30. 

imitative 

40. 

diminutive 

BUSINESS  LETTER 

Note — In  this  exercise  Shon,  Tiv,  and  Eshon-hook  word-signs  are  preceded 
by  a  point  !*]• 

Mr.  Alfred  Wade, 

Association  Building, 
New  Orleans,  La. 
Dear  Wade: 

Your  'exceptional  'application  and-genoral  activity  will  doubtless 
result  in-the  •completion  of-your  work  to-the  'satisfaction  of-us  all. 
If-you  desire  any  'additional  'information  that-is  in-my  'possession 
or  that-the  'organization  is  in  a-'position  (to)  supply4,  you-have 
only  (to)  'mention4  it  and  I-will  see  that-you  get-it  immediately. 

After  due  'consideration,  I-have-come  to-the  'conclusion  that -your 
'description  (of  the)  'obligations  and-'position  of-our  new  'repre- 
sentative is  beyond  'contradiction.  But  I-am  already  convinced 
that -his  'attraction  and-activities  will-be  'transient  and-that  'ob- 
jection to-his  combative  'expressions  will  soon  be  heard  in-every- 
'dircction.  Once  started,  the  'formation  of-an  'opposition  to-his 
plans  for-the  new  'station  would  grow  so  rapidly  that-his  present 
control  (of  the)  'situation  would-be  of  very-short  'duration.  As 
this-is-the  chief  'objective  that-we  seek,  I-think  we-can  almost 
write-the  'inscription  on-his  poUtical  tombstone  now. 

•Conditions  are  improving  generally,  and-judging  from-recent 
conversations  that  I-have-had  with-the  controlling  powers  [Pee3- 
Rays],  there-will-be  a-cessation  [Es-Iss-Eshon,  vocalized]  of-those 
sensational  accusations  brought  against  us  by-the  reform  associa- 
tion. Cordially  yours, 


Final  Hooks  123 

THE  ACQUISITION  OF  SPEED  IN  SHORTHAND 


--"\ 


...^f.:...n  ;..-)-, 


z 


3^" 


c-Y 


■--K"  ■-■> 


\ 


(..^^..^r^.^y 


s 


=T; 


K> 


r/'V. 


^ 


V 


---> 


L 


-> 


f._^S 


124  Graham' 8  Business  Shorthand 

or...y?-.j ?-!> i/.'^  -Tv.t>. 

_.L _^_ o_. L.!r_-  ^-—^l-v/' 


KEY 
Ability  to  write  shorthand  rapidly  depends  upon  three  things: 
First,  such  a  mastery  of  the  principles  and  word-signs  that  there  is  no 
indecision  or  hesitation  over  the  form  of  any  common  word;  second, 
an  applied  knowledge  of  phrasing;  and  third,  a  steady  and  con- 
tinuous pen-motion. 

The  quickest  way  to  attain  possession  of  these  three  essentials  is  by 
what  is  known  as  repetition  work — the  repeated  copying  of  perfect 
shorthand.  Take  a  line  or  two  at  a  time,  as  much  as  can  be  carried 
conveniently  in  the  memory,  and  write  it  again  and  again  until  the 
pen-point  seems  to  flow  from  one  outline  to  the  next.  Avoid  all 
stopping  of  the  hand  between  strokes  or  words;  avoid  all  jiggling 
movements  above  the  note-book — they  both  show  and  increase  con- 
fusion and  indecision.  One  of  the  chief  purposes  of  repetition  work 
is  to  keep  the  hand  moving  effectively.  Keep  your  hand  near  the 
paper.  \i  you  remove  it  when  the  speaker  pauses,  you  will  have 
to  waste  time  that  you  cannot  afford  to  spare,  in  order  to  get  back 
to  the  writing  position  again. 

All  experts  agree  that  it  is  better  for  the  beginner  to  write  one 
selection  fifty  times  than  to  write  fifty  selections  only  once.  But, 
in  this  repetition  work  for  speed,  you  should  not  allow  your  writing 
to  become  slovenly  nor  fail  to  read  everything  you  write.  You  must 
cultivate  a  precision  and  deftness  of  touch.  If  you  do  not  read 
everything  you  write,  as  well  as  all  the  perfect  shorthand  you  can 
secure,  there  will  come  a  time  when  you  will  write  better  than  you 
read — and  this  is  not  a  praiseworthy  condition.  The  mere  fact  that 
you  may  be  able  to  read  your  notes  faster  than  you  can  operate  a 
typewriting  machine  is  no  evidence  that  you  do  either  rapidly 
enough. 


LESSON  29 

THE  LENGTHENING  PRINCIPLE 

231.  Doubling  the  length  of  Ing  adds  the  sound  of 
ker  or  ger;   thus: r-  anchor  or  anger. 

232.  Doubling   the  length  of  any  other  curved  stroke 
adds  the  sound  of  tcr,  dcr,  or  ther;  thus: 

Efter*,      Efder',      EftHer3,     Veeter^,       Miter1,       IthtHer-i,      Ester3,        Zeeder1 
fetter,    feeder,    father,    voter,    theatre,    thither,    aster,     Zuyder 


Ishter2,       Layder3,       Arder1,        Emter2,        EntHer1,       Wayter1,     Yelder". 

shutter,     louder,     order,     motor,     neither,     water,     yielder 

233.  Names. — The  lengthened  strokes  are  named  by- 
adding  to  the  name  of  the  stroke  lengthened  the  sound 
denoted  by  its  lengthening;  thus:  Ing'ker,  Ing'ger,  Efter, 
Lay'der,  En'ther,  THee'ther,  Fel'ter,  Fer'ther,  Shel'ter, 
Sher'ter,  Wen'dcr,  Frel'ther,  Bee'ther,  etc. 

234.  Vocalization. — (a)  Lengthened  strokes  are  vocal- 
ized just  as  other  strokes  arc,  the  sound  added  by  the 
lengthening  being  read  after  a  vowel  following  the  stroke 
(as  in  the  examples  above),  but  before  a  final  attachment; 
thus: 


letter-s,  slender-est,  moder-n 

(b)  Hence,  a  vowel  following  the  sound  of  ter,  der,  or 
ther  denoted  by   lengthening,   must   be   omitted;    as   in 

alterations;  or  written  before  a  following  conso- 
nant;  as  in -^-Ss^^ — eccentr-ic. 

125 


126  Graham's  Business  Short/Kind 

23.").  The  lengthening  principle  cannot  be  used  when 
the  consonants  it  represents  are  followed  by  a  final 
vowel.  In  such  cases  an  r-hook  sign,  or  Ray  preceded  by 
a  half-length  expressing  t,  must  be  used;    thus: 

angry,       entry,       Andrew,       leathery,       lottery. 

236.  When  the  sign  for  a  verb  ends  with  Lay' ter, 
En'  ter  or  Ing'  ker,  its  past  tense  outline  is  usually 
formed  best  by  adding  Dee;    thus: 

_c.    o 

slaughter,     slaughtered,     render,     rendered,     anchor,     anchored. 
Remark — The  sign  for  Shel' ter,  if  written  quite  slanting,  may,  un- 
like that  for  Shel,  stand  alone  and  be  used  with  advantage  for  shelkr, 
shouldtr. 

237.  Position  of  Lengthened  Strokes. — In  determining 
the  position  of  a  lengthened  stroke,  regard  the  second 
half  as  a  distinct  sign,  and  place  the  first  half  in  its 
proper  position  according  to  rules  previously  given. 

238.  Lengthened  Straight  Lines. — Experienced  writers 
derive  advantage  from  doubling  a  full-length  straight 
line,  without  a  final  attachment,  to  add  the  syllable  ter 
or  thcr,  or  the  words  their,  there;   the  heavy  lines  being 

tapered  toward  their  termination;  thus:  _\__  The  chief 
use  of  this  principle  is  to  add  their  or  there  to  word-signs. 
Inexperienced  writers  are  cautioned  that  a  further  use 
of  it  than  is  made  in  the  exercises  of  this  book  is  likely 
to  result  in  illegibility  of  their  notes.  Following  are  a 
few  examples  of  lengthened  straight-line  signs: 

,--±/    AC: K?„- 

\ 

writer,      quarter,     reporter,      typewriter. 


The  Lengthening  Principle  127 

239.        LENGTHENED-STROKE  WORD-SIGNS 


Enter1        Enter2,        Emter ,       Wayther2,  Farther2,     Rayther* 
entire,         another,      matter,        whether,      further,       rather. 


.--Veether1,  of  their jy.Arder1,  order 


ed 


Remark. — Entirely  is  formed  from  the  sign  for  entire  by  adding  El; 
entirety,  by  adding  Tee;  and  material-ly,  from  the  sign  for  matter, 
by  adding  Lay;    materiality,  by  adding  Lay-Tee. 

240.  "Their,"  "They  Are,"  or  "There"  Added.— A 
curved  or  a  straight  full-length  word-sign  without  a  final 
hook,  loop,  or  circle  may  be  lengthened  to  add  their, 
they  are,  or  there;   thus: 


in  their,  if  their,  for  their,         by  their,  give  their 

in  there,  if  there,  for  there 

if  they  are,      for  they  are, 

241.  Dear  may  be  added  to  my  by  lengthening  Em 
in  a  few  phrases  of  frequent  use,  especially  in  corre- 
spondence; as 


my  dear  sir,  my  dear  friend,  my  dear  wife. 

242.  "Own"  or  "Been"  Added.— (a)  Own  maybe  added 
by  an  n-hook  to  the  signs  in  Paragraph  240,  or  any  others 
expressing  their,  when  the  stroke  for  own  is  not  more  con- 
venient for  joining  to  the  following  word;  thus:  _^ 
for  their  own  sakes. 

(b)  Been  may  be  added  by  an  n-hook  to  Veether2  for 
have  there  been. 


128  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

READING  EXERCISE 
1      ker  added 


•/ 


t_ 


3  gcr  added 

4  ter  added 


6 


7  der  added 

8  C^rrr. . 

'J  ther  added    I 


^V 


a         y 


3 


c 


4     X. 


L 


C 


/ 


^_.</e4_^._2v_v>.  J  JO. 


_,    __<V-^5j 


10 


-A/ 


rvo 


-^/•  — 


The  Lengthening  Principle 

BUSINESS  LETTERS 


129 


TEST  WORDS 


1  hanker 

2  winker 

3  bunker 

4  anchor 

5  sinker 

6  anger 

7  younger 


8  Linger 

9  monger 

10  diameter 

11  barometer 

12  thermometer 

13  chronometer 

14  hydrometer 


15  laughter 

16  smelter 

17  swelter 

18  Remitter 

19  ladder 

20  invader 

21  wander 


22  bewilder 

23  engender 

24  rejoinder 

25  surrender 

26  neither 

27  whither 

28  weather 


BUSINESS  LETTER 
My-dear-Sir: 

Your-order  for  speedometers  is  much  appreciated  and-is  receiv- 
ing our  best  attention.    Half-the  number  you  order  will-be  shipped 
(to)day4  and-the  remainder  not  later-than-the  end   (of  the)   week. 
Hoping  that-this  will-be  satisfactory,  we  remain, 
Very-truly-yours, 


17 


LESSON  30 

CONTRACTED  PREFIXES 

243.  (a)  A  letter,  syllable,  or  word  joined  to  the 
beginning  of  a  word  is  called  a  prefix.  Thus,  from 
navigate  is  formed  circumnavigate,  by  joining  a  prefix. 
Some  prefixes  are  words  which  may  be  used  separately, 
while  a  greater  number  are  inseparable;  that  is,  are  never 
used  by  themselves.  Many  of  the  prefixes  which  are 
inseparable  in  English  are  separable  in  the  languages 
from  which  they  are  derived,  (b)  Such  prefixes  as  would 
be  difficult  or  tedious  to  write  in  full  may  be  contracted, 
(c)  Such  contractions  are  called  Prefix-Signs. 

244.  The  student  has  already  learned  the  signs  for 
the  prefixes  con,  accom.  Of  the  remainder  which  need 
contracted  signs,  the  most  important,  and  the  signs  by 
which  they  are  represented,  are  given  in  the  following: 

LIST  OF  PREFIX-CONTRACTIONS 

1.  Circum  is  indicated  by  Iss  written  beside  the  first 
stroke    of    the    remainder    of    the    word;      thus: 

Kj/°  circumference,    '____  circumscribe. 

2.  Cog,  by  a  light  dot;  as  for  com,  con.     Example: 

JT._  cognate. 

Remark. — (a)  In  the  following  words  and  their  derivatives,  con, 
or  com,  is  best  written  in  the  manner  indicated  by  the  outline- 
names:  ennic,  Kay-En-Kay;  comi<>j,  Kay-Em-Tee;  commiserate, 
Kay-Ems-Ret:  commotion,  Kay-Emshon;  commerce,  Kay-Mers; 
comrade,  Kay-Merd.    (b)  Con  =  cong,  may  be  expressed  by  license, 

by  the  sign  for  con;  thus:      '      congress,  "^ conquer,    (c)  Concom 

occurs  in  concomitant  and  its  derivatives.    It  is  represented  thus:  .: . 

130 


Contracted  Prefixes  131 

3.  Contra,  contro,  counter. — When  these  prefixes  cannot 

be  more  conveniently  expressed  otherwise,  they  may 

be  indicated  by  a  tick  written  at  the  beginning  of 

the  remainder  of  the  word;   thus:  L  contradict,  V>, 

controvert,    Q_"_f-  countersign. 

Remark. — This  sign  is  used  for  conlri  in  contribute  and  its  deriv- 
atives. 

4.  Decom  is  expressed  by  Dee,  and  discom,  discontby 
Dees, written  near  the  remainder  of  the  word;  thus: 
IX  decompose,  t^C/  discomfort. 

5.  For-e. — When  this  prefix  cannot  be  more  conven- 
iently written  otherwise,  it  may  be  expressed  by  Ef 
written  near,  and  sometimes  joined  to,  the  remain- 
der of  the  word;  thus:    VJ~7  foreknowledge. 

Remark. — (a)  This  prefix  is  joined  in  writing  the  following  words 
and  their  derivatives:  Forever,  forewarn,  forestall,  forsooth,  for- 
swear, forward.  (6)  Until  the  learner  has  had  considerable  experi- 
ence, it  will  be  well  for  him  to  express  fore  or  for  by  a  disjoined 
Ef  in  the  following  words:  Foreclose,  forefather,  foreknow,  fore- 
named,  foresee,  foreshow,  forethought,  (c)  Write  fore  or  for 
with  Fer  in  the  following  words  and  their  derivatives:  Foretell, 
forgave,  forget,  forsake;  (d)  and  with  Ef-Ar  in  the  following  words: 
Foreland,  forelock,  foreman,  foremast,  foremost,  forerun,  foresail, 
(e)  Write  forehead,  Ef-Ray-Dee;  fore  noon,  Ef-Ray-Nen. 

6.  Incon,  ineom,  incog,  are  expressed  by  En  written 
above  the  line,   and  near,   or  partially  over,   the 

remainder    of    the    word;     thus:    — -.    inconstant 
J.,  incomplete,  ____!-  incognito. 

Remark. — (a)  This  prefix-sign  is  occasionally  joined  to  the  re- 
mainder of  the  word;   it  may  be  joined  in  the  following  and  their 

derivatives:  _____  inconsistent,  ___„  incomplete,  ?~_V_^  inconvenient, 

riC^N  incompetent,    L-   inconsequence,     -  -V,  .  inconceivable, 

(6)  The  prefix  incon  is  sometimes  joined  to  a  following  stroke 
by  an  In-hook;  thus:  __J  inconsiderable  or  in  considerable,  (c) 
The  sign  for  incom  may  be  used  by  license  for  incum  or  encurn. 


U 


...Ty 


L32  Graham* 8  Business  Shorthand 

BUSINESS  LETTERS 
J    :    _A._s ^..."> 

c^Vo        \^-/- r>ry.C. 


cA 


-?-S 


:x 


7 


I 


•* 


--)-W- 


r\i..r. 


BUSINESS  LETTERS 
My-dear  Senator: 

I-fear  that  Senator  Saunders's  remarks  before-the  congressional 
committee  cannot-be  easily  controverted.  I-have-heard  that-he 
spent  no  inconsiderable  time  in-examinnng-the  circumstances  and- 
even  visited  some  (of  the)  places  incognito  in-order-to  supplement- 


Contracted  Prefixes  133 

the  rather  incomplete  information  given  at-the  first  hearing.  In- 
consequence, I-am  content,  in-my-own  mind  at-least,  that-he-is 
sure  of-his  ground  when-he  says  that-thc  present  incumbent  is 
utterly  incompetent. 

Sincerely-yours, 

Dear-Madam : 

Please  accept  our  most  heaRtfelt  thanks  for-your  generous  con- 
tribution to-our  work.  The  conditions  with-which  we-are  con- 
fronted are  almost  inconceivable,  but  support  such-as  yours  is 
wonderfully  effective  and  inspiring  [In-Sper'i'ing']. 

Respectfully -yours, 


LESSON  31 

CONTRACTED  PREFIXES— Continued 

244.   {Continued) 

7.  Inter,  intro,are  expressed  by  Ent  disjoined  before 
the  remainder  of  the  word;  thus:    "f^\  interlinear. 

Remark. — (a)  This  prefix-sign  may  be  used,  by  license,  for 
enter-.  (6)  It  may  be  joined  thus:  "T_i  in  the  following  words  and  their 
derivatives:  Interdict,  introduce,  enterprise,  entertain,  interchange, 
intercourse,  interest,  interfere,  interjacent,  interjection,  interpolate, 
interpose,  interpret  (Ent-Pret),  interrogate,  interrupt  (Ent-Pet), 
intersect,  intertwine  (Ent-Tee-Wen),  interval,  intervene,  interview, 
interweave  (Ent-Weh-Vec),  introspect,  introvert. 

8.  Irrecon  is  expressed  by  Ar  written  near  the  re- 
mainder of  the  word;  thus:  ~^  ,C\  irreconcilable, 
^.^  ^reconciliation. 

9.  Magna,  magni,  are  represented  by  Em  written 
over  (or  partly  over)  the  remainder  of  the  word; 


l.'ll  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

thus:  ,t>  magnanimous,     -         magnify, 

magnitude. 
Remark.— This  prefix-sign   may  be  used  by  license  for  ntagne', 

thus:     j       magnetism,  --r---  magnesia. 

10.  Miscon,  miscom,  are  expressed  by  Em-Iss  writ- 
ten above  the  remainder  of  the  word;  thus:  TT 
misconduct,    .  X   misconstrue,    __\<  miscompute. 

Remark. — The  advanced  writer  may  join  this  prefix-sign  in  writing 
"misconduct,  misconjecture,"  and  their  derivative-. 

11.  Noncon,  noncom,  are  denoted  by  Nen  written 
over  or  through  the  first  stroke  of  the  remainder 
of  the  word;  thus:  27$  noncontent,  4f  noncon- 
ducting,   „.T  noncommittal: 

Remark. — (a)  The  sign  for  this  prefix  is  never  joined,  {b)  Non, 
written  (as  it  frequently  is)  with  Nen,  is  distinguished  from  noncom 
by  being  written  near  but  not  over  or  through  the  first  stroke  of  the 
remainder  of  the  word. 

12.  Recon,  recom,  recog,  are  expressed  by  Ray 
written  near  the  remainder  of  the  word;    thus: 

y<,C  reconcile,    ^o  recommend,     ^r±=f_  recognize. 

Remark. — This  prefix-sign  may  be  used  by  license  for  recum,  in 
"recumbent"  and  its  derivatives. 

13.  Self  is  represented  by  Iss  written  beside  the  first 
stroke  of  the  remainder  of  the  word;  thus:  c/\^. 
self-respect,    y  selfish,    °|  selfhood. 

Remark. — (a)  The  advanced  writer  frequently  joins  the  sign  for 
eetj  to  the  remainder  of  the  word;  thus:  _~H7.  self-esteem,  -  self- 
ish. (6)  Self-con-m  may  be  expressed  by  writing  the  sign  for  self 
in  the  place  of  the  con  or  cow  dot;  thus:  "f  self-conceit,  (c) 
Self-conlra  may  be  expressed  by  the  sign  for  contra  with  Iss  prefixed. 

14.  Uncont    uncom,  arc  represented    by   En     written, 


Contracted  Prefixes  135 

usually  on  the  line,  near  the  remainder  of  the  word; 

thus:    ~   I-  uncontrolled,    -J    uncombined,       ^ 

unconnected,  .^^^unconscious,  -_^1-  unconstrained,. 

s^X^s-.—  uncomfortable. 

Remark. — These  prefixes  are  usually  En2  (or  lower  than  Incon-m) 
for  the  sake  of  distinction.  The  advanced  writer  may  join  the  sign 
for  this  prefix  in  the  following  words  and  their  derivatives:  Uncon- 
cern, unconditional,  unconstitutional  (Ens-Teeshon-Lay,  the  first 
t  being  omitted). 

15.  Unrecon,  unrecom,  unrecog,  are  expressed  by  Ner 
written  partly  over  the  remainder  of  the  word; 

thus:  __.!! unreconciled,  .__Xunrecompensed. 

245.  Prefixed  Syllables. — (a)  When  any  one  of  the  pre- 
fixes given  above  is  preceded  by  a  syllable,  as  in  or  un, 
such  syllable  may  be  expressed  by  the  proper  letter  or 
letters  joined   to,   or  written  near,   the   prefix;    thus: 

.jI2l     uncircumscribed,     *—??    unselfish,      ^~1\    unde- 

composed,    I— ,  uncontradicted,  _"^rtr^|  uninterrupted, 

.^1^!"  unforeseen,  ^ X-  disencumber,  If.  disinterested, 

--3>  unaccomplished,  (b)  The  prefixed  syllable,  in  such 
case,  may  usually  be  left  unvocalized.  (c)  To  keep  signs 
upon  the  line  as  much  as  possible  without  impairing 
their  legibility,  it  is  occasionally  necessary  that  a  prefix 
sign,  when  joined  to  a  preceding  syllable,  should  be 
brought  out  of  its  usual  position;  as  in  "disencumber." 

(d)  The  con,  com,  or  cog  is  sometimes  expressed  in  con- 
nection with  the  preposition  in  by  the  sign  for  incon, 
etc.;  thus:  ;rr6_?  in  conjunction,      v^-"  in  comparison. 

(e)  The  prefix  contra,  contro,  or  counter  may,  in  like 
manner,  be  expressed  in  connection  with  the  preposition 
in  by  the  sign  for  uncontra;  thus:  """J-3  in  contradis- 
tinction. 


L36 


Graham9 s  Business  Shorthand 


Vs 


BUSINESS  LETTERS 

._I°_  P   (  — ^.__\/0    ^ C-^  __/_ 


^A-=----$- 


TEST  WORDS 

Note. — Disjoin  the  prefix-sign  when  the  prefix-syllable  or  word  is  followed  by  a 

colon  1:1. 


1  circum:navigab!e 

2  circumvention 

3  cog:nizance 

4  eog:nomen 

5  contro:ver3ial 
0  counterfeiter 

7  decomposition 

8  discom:(m)ode 

9  disconsolate 
10  discon:tent 


11  forefather 

12  fore:see 

13  forethought 

14  foretell 

15  forgave 

16  forsake 

17  foReman 

18  foRemost 

19  foRerunneR 

20  forehead 


21  forenoon 

22  incomparable 

23  incompatible 

24  incompressible 
25incon:solable 

26  incontestable 

27  inconsistency 

28  incompletely 

29  inconvenience 

30  incompetence 


31  inconsideration 

32  encum:brance 

33  incum:bent 

34  intercept 

35  interline 

36  non.descript 

37  recon:sider 

38  recon:(n)oiter 

39  self  com  :placent 

40  selfcontra:diction 


Contracted  Prefixes  137 

BUSINESS  LETTER 

Mr.  Wilbur  Davenport, 

Sioux-City,  Iowa  • 

Dear-Sir: 

I-called-upon  Mr. -Snyder  this-afternoon  and-found-him  rather 
noncommittal  regard  :ing-the  possibility  of -a  reconciliation.  Al- 
though he  recognizes-the  disadvantage  of  continu:ing-the  contro- 
versy, he  nevertheless  feels  that  ordinary  self-respect  [disjoin  "self"] 
compels  a-refusal  of-our  last  suggested  settlement.  He-says  that- 
his  proposal,  which-he  considered  a-magnanimous  one,  was  deliber- 
ately misconstrued  by-the  committee.  He  gave  me  (to)  under- 
standMhat,  in  comparison  with-the  period  for-which  he-is  still 
unrecompensed,  he-thinks  our  offer  of  a-small  compensation  for-hls 
work  during-the  last  month  is  altogether  absurd. 

If-we-are  (to)  effect4  a-reconciliation,  I-think  we-must  undertake 
(to)  meet'-him  more-than  half  way. 

Very-truly-yours, 


LESSON  32 

CONTRACTED  SUFFIXES 

240.  One  or  more  letters,  or  one  or  more  syllables, 
added  to  a  word  to  modify  its  moaning  is  called  a  suffix. 
A  word  may  take  two  or  more  suffixes  at  the  same  time. 
Thus,  "truthfully"  contains  two,  fid  and  hj. 

247.  (a)  Suffixes  that  are  difficult  or  tiresome  to  write 
in  full  are  represented  by  contractions.  (6)  These  con- 
tractions are  called  Suffix-Signs.  Some  of  them  have 
already  been  taught;  for  example,  the  dots  for  ing  and 
ings;  Vee  or  the  v-hook  for  ever;  the /-hook  for  fulAy\ 
Iss  for  self;  and  Ses  for  selves.  The  remainder  are  given 
in  the  following: 

18 


L38  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

LIST  OF  SUFFIX  CONTRACTIONS 

1.  Ble,  bly,  are  expressed  by  Bee  joined,  when  Bel 
cannot  be  conveniently  employed;  thus:  *hif\ 
sensible,  sensibly;  I^\.  profitable,  profitably.  Lay 
may  be  added  to  the  Bee  when  the  legibility  of  the 
writing  seems  to  require  it. 

2.  Blcness,  fulness,  SQmeness,  are  represented  by  a 
small  circle  written  at  the  end  of  the  preceding  part 
of  the  word;  thus:  o^'^oserviceableness,  <R°.  lone- 
someness. 

3.  Ingly  is  denoted  by  a  heavy  tick  written  in  the 
direction  of  Pee  or  Chay,  at  the  end  of  the  preced- 
ing part  of  the  word;   thus:  /^lovingly. 

4.  Less7iess  is  expressed  by  a  large  circle  written  at  the 
end  of  the  preceding  part  of  the  word;  thus:  « — ° 
carelessness,  <M    worthlessness,   __y-  uselessness. 

°  o 

5.  Lty,  rty — with  any  vowel  preceding  or  following 
the  I  or  r — may  be  added  to  any  consonant-sign  by 
disjoining  the  stroke  immediately  preceding  the  I 

or   r;     thus:   l;f\.  instability,    A^y-    popularity, 

!\o\..  prosperity. 

1).  Modal,  mentality,  are  expressed  by  Ment  written 
near  the  end  of  the  preceding  part  of  the  word; 
thus:  T-,<  instrumental,  instrumentality;  ^^  fund- 
amental. 

7.  Ology,    alogy. — Jay    written    partially    under    the 

preceding  part  of  the  word,  or  joined  to  it,  is  used 

as  a  siiin  for  -ology  or  -alogy  when  it  cannot  be  more 

conveniently  expressed  otherwise;   thus:    fe-  zoology, 

physiology,   /     genealogy. 


Contracted  Suffixes  139 

8.  Ship  is  expressed  by  Ish  written  near  the  preceding 
part  of  the  word ;  or  joined,  if  it  can  be  conveniently 
and  without  sacrifice  of  legibility;  thus:  _^[  lord- 
ship,   _■>,.  friendship. 

9.  Soever  is  expressed  by  Iss-Vee,  joined  when  it  is 
convenient;  thus:  _</k-  wheresoever,  ___^_  when- 
soever,   _T>L    whencesoever,  _.*.._  whosoever,  „L 

whatsoever, howsoever.     But  when  it  would 

be  inconvenient  or  not  allowable  to  join  Iss-Vee, 
soever  is  represented  by  Iss  written  beside  the  last 
stroke  of  the  preceding  part  of  the   word;  thus: 

~4o_  whosesoever,  .__^    whithersoever. 

Remark  1. — As  it  is  not  convenient  to  join  Iss-Vee  to  Wuh1,  the 
sign  for  what,  that  word  is  expressed  by  its  last  consonant,  Tee,  in 
the  sign  for  whatsoever,  as  it  is  in  whatever,  Tef2. 

Remark  2.— Derivatives  from  ology,  Ity,  rty,  etc.,  may  be  ex- 
pressed by  adding  to  the  primitive  the  proper  sign  for  the  additional 
sounds  of  the  derivative;  thus:  to  Jav,  the  sign  for   ology,  add  Kel 

V       "  ^ 

to  express   ological-ly;  as  in  —Jr—  zoological-ly,  ---/    sociological-! y. 

248.  Word-Sign  Suffixes. — A  word-sign  may  be  used 
as  a  suffix-sign;    thus: 

hereafter,    thereafter,    thereto,    hitherto,    whereto,    onto,    wherefore,     whenever. 

Remark  1.  To. — (a)  To  is  expressed  by  Tee  joined  to  the  pre- 
ceding part  of  the  word  in  "into,  hereunto,  thereinto,  whereinto; 
unto,  hereunto,  thereunto,  wheretinto,  thitherto."  (6)  "Into, 
hereinto,"  etc.,  may  usually  be  left  without  vocalization;  but  for 
the  sake  of  distinction,  "unto"  and  its  compounds  should  have 
the  vowel  of  its  first  syllable  inserted. 

Remark  2.  Of. — (a)  Of  is  joined  by  an  /-hook  in  "whereof." 
(6)  It  is  written  with  the  disjoined  sign  for  of  in  the  following 
words:    "Untalked-of,  unheard-of,  hereof,  thereof,  unthought-of. 


I  |o  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

Remark  3.  In.  (a)  Thi  suflix  is  usually  written  with  En  joined; 
being  thus  distinguished  from  «»,  whicb  is  usually  added  by  an 
En-hook,  (b)  In  maybe  added  by  an  En-hook  in  "herein,  here- 
inafter, hereinbefore,    etc. 

Ri  m\hk  4.  Ever. — The  suffix  em- is  always  joined  to  ihe  preced- 
ing part  of  the  word;  usually  with  an  Ef-hook,  as  in  "whatever, 
whichever,  whoever";  but  with  Vee  in  "whenever,  wherever, 
forever,"  and  :i  few  other  words. 

Remark  .r>.  With.  —  (a)  The  suffix  with  is  usually  best  expressed 
by  Itli,  joined  to  the  preceding  part  of  the  word;  as  in  herewith 
iAr'-Jth),  wherewith  (Wer*-Ith), therewith  (TnerMth)M;  (6)  butsome- 
times  it  is  more  convenient  to  join  Weh,  as  in  forthwith  (Ef*-Ith-Weh). 

BUSINESS  LETTER 


WRITING  EXERCISE 

1  Hereafter  let-us  dispense  with-the  formality  that  we-have 
hitherto  observed  on-these-occasions.  2  They-were  instrumental 
in-discoverdng-the  worthlessness  (of  the)  machine.  3  His  in- 
stability of  character  will  seriously  interfere  with-his  chances  of 
popularity  ami-prosperity.  4  Please  send-us  ten  copies  of-your 
"Elementary  Physiology"  and-one-copy  of  James's  "Principles  of 
Psychology."  5  For  a-number  of  years  the  business  was  very 
unprofitable,  owing  to-the  carelessness  with-which  it-was  con- 
ducted. 6  Therefore,  be  it  resolved:  That,  subject  to-the  pro- 
visions hereinbefore  stated,  it  shall-be-the  duty  (of  the)  Committee 
on  Membership  (to)  examine'  any-such  charges  and-report  thereon. 


LESSON  33 

OMISSION  OF  CONSONANTS 

249.  The  student  has  already  learned  that  common 
words  containing  several  consonants  are  contracted  by 
the  omission  of  one  or  more  of  the  consonants  and  called 
"word-signs"  or  "contractions."  This  principle  is  also 
applied  to  words  containing  consonants  that  are  only 
slightly  heard  or  are  difficult  to  write.  From  such  words 
it  is  allowable  to  omit  middle  consonants  as  follows: 

1.  P — when  it  is  immediately  preceded  by  m,  and 
immediately  followed  by  t   or  the  syllable   shon; 

as  in  —I  em(p)ty,  <5-1^1consum(p)tion. 

2.  K — when  it  occurs  between  the  sounds  of  ng 
and  sh  or  shon;  as  in  _^_  an(x)ious,  .  _  sana- 
tion. 

3.  T — (1)  when  it  occurs  between  s  and  another 
consonant;  (2)  also  in  a  few  words  with  a  vowel 
between  the  t  and  the  following  consonant;   as  in 

(1)  mos(t)ly,  res  (t)  less,  pos(t)rnan;    (2)  domes  (t)ic,  des(t)itute. 

4.  Generally,  any  consonant  whenever  its  expression 
would  make  a  tedious  or  difficult  outline,  and  its 
omission  would  not  endanger  legibility.  Under  this 
rule,  I,  n,  or  r  is  omitted  in  the  following  words: 

n      _rz.        „y._        __v_.     -.L^. 

inte(ll)ect,    inte(ll)ectual,    intc(ll)igence,    inte(ll)igent,    deve(l)op; 

141 


I  12  Graham* 8  Business  Shorthand 

k        u  n,  }        "y 

a  Iment,  ;ilo(n)cmcnt,  cntcrtai(n)ment,  etra(n)ger,  passe(n)ger, 
mcssc(n)gcr,  deino(n)stratc,  eta(n)dard,  ide(n)tical,  tra(n)sact, 
tra(n)spose     tra(n)slate,     tra(n)slucent,     tra(n)smit,     tra(n)sport; 

U     „%^_.     ..i^..     ^^     !rT. 

tra  n  lsg(r)ess,  tra(n)sc(r)ibe,  tra(n)sc(r)ipt,  manuscript,  in  rega(r)d. 

OMISSION  OF  WORDS 

250.  To  increase  the  speed  of  writing  without  sacrifice 
of  legibility,  the  student  has  already  been  taught  to 
omit  to  and  of  the  where  their  omission  can  be  indicated 
by  the  mode  of  writing  the  adjacent  words.  This  prin- 
ciple may  now  be  extended,  and  other  words  omitted, 
as  specified  below. 

A — may  be  omitted  from  such  phrases  as  the  following: 

about  a  minute  ."<__,      in  a  spirit 

after  a  time  -^       in  6Uch  a  case 

.-U^--  at  a  certain  place  .^___      in  such  a  part 
-]     for  a  great  deal  -^ffianyaone 

And — thus:  by   and  by;  or,    with  the  adjacent 

words  joined;  as,   <-^-^  more  and  more;  _V_.  over  and 

over;    -">>, _^  over  and  above;     •  -  through  and  through. 
From — to — as  in  ||-  from  day  to  day;  ?>__  from  hour 
to  hour,  -%^-  from  place  to  place. 


Omission  of  Words  143 

Have — preceding  been  or  done;   thus:  can  have 

been;    '    shall  have  been;  --p  can  have1  done;  -o- you 

have  done. 

Caution. — Care  must  be  taken  to  distinguish  the  phrase-sign 
"}'ou  have  done"  from  Dren3  by  writing  you  upon  the  line. 

Of — occurring  between  two  words  which  can  be  joined, 

may  be  omitted  if  the  of  must  be  supplied  in  reading; 

thus:  \  <f  place  of  residence. 

On  the — as  in  writings^  on  on  the  one  hand;-?-. on  the 
other  hand. 

Or — thus:  _ <?-*C~  more  or  less;  <—71_ greater  or  less; 
__<^     sooner  or  later;  __v\__  two  or  three. 

The — as  in  --!<--  on  the  contrary;    -trfin  the  world; 
^TT?f  in  the  interest. 

To — thus:  —  according  to  that;    a — ^—-it  seems  to 

r                          t  5 

me;  -  L_  said  to  have; ought  to  have;  ~_  ought  to  see. 

Your — asin_j?_  what's  your  business;  I what's 

your  name. 

NUMBERS 

251.  Numbers  may  be  written  either  in  shorthand  or 
in  figures;  but  the  plan  given  here  is  best. 

(a)   Express  1         2        3         4         5         G         10 

*)                V         °-^        i 
in  shorthand;  thus :  c_^    __\._     ___    -^  _  _\__    J 

12        CO         100         1,000         1,000,000. 


I  I  I  (! nihil n/'s  Busine8S  Shorthand 

(b)  Express,  in  common  figures,  all  other  numbers  ex- 
cept those  that  end  with  two  or  more  ciphers. 

(c)  In  such  cases,  use  the  word-sign  for  hundred, 
thousand,  or  million,  as  may  be  required,  in  place  of 
ciphers;  thus: 

__s  ^ 3 r_      <3  Lf-  w__      u~^ 7 

200,    3,000,  3,400,         500,000,         7,000,000. 

(d)  The  termination  "ty"  in  the  numbers  20,  30,  etc., 
may  be  expressed  by  an  upward  line;  thus: 

2/    v^    v7    s^     7/    f      1/ 

20,        30,        40,        50,        70,        80,        90. 


ADVANCED  PHRASING  PRINCIPLES 

252.  The  Ther  Tick. — When  it  cannot  be  conveniently 
expressed  otherwise  in  a  phrase-sign,  there,  their,  or 
they  are  may  be  denoted,  if  the  writer  choose,  by  a  heavy 

tick,  Bedoid  or  Jedoid;  thus:  -^~  would  there; since 

there  (their  or  they  are). 

Remakk  1. — This  tick  may  be  written  in  place  of  the  dot  for  ing 
for  ing  there,  their,  or  they  arc,;  thus:  — '--  doing  there;  tn — , 
making  their.     This  will  not  conflict  with  the  suffix-sign  for  inghj 
Tar.  IMS,  3). 

253.  Hooks  Omitted. — The  hook  of  the  signs  for  been 
or  can  may  be  omitted  when,  if  written,  it  would  pre- 
vent the  formation  of  a  desirable  phrase-sign;    thus: 

L.  it  has  been  said.   1 it  can  only. 


Advanced  Phrasing  Principles  145 

254.     Forth  may  be  added  in  a  few  cases  by  an /-hook; 
thus:    _\>step  forth,  ^tZ^call  forth, C__set  forth.     In 


other  cases,  it  may  be  written  thus: — ^7  calls  forth. 

255.  Stair,  Store,  may  occasionally  be  represented  by 
the  Ster  loop;   thus: 

-V-       ..j...     „W_     „w        _\^- 

up  6tairs,      down  stairs      drug-store,      book  store,      public  stores. 

256.  It  may  usually  be  added  by  halving  a  full-length 
word-sign  or  stroke  without  a  final  circle  or  loop;  thus: 
—  t--^ —  think  it  may,    __\__.  above  it,  — X> — =>  —  before  it  can. 

257.  Ought  is  sometimes  added  by  halving  a  full- 
length  word-sign  without  a  final  attachment  and  writing 
it  in  the  first  position;  thus: it  ought, there  ought. 

258.  Would  or  Had  is  sometimes  added  by  halving  a 
full-length  word-sign  without  a  final  attachment  and 
writing  it  in  the  third  position;  thus:  _|__it  would,  it 

had;  __s) there  would,  there  had: 

Remark. — Not  may  be  added  by  the  n-hook  to  the  above  and  similar  signs. 

259.  (a)  Were  may  occasionally  be  added  to  a  word- 
sign  by  an  r-hook  and  writing  the  sign  in  the  third 
position;  (6)  and  sometimes  Wuh  may  be  used  for  were; 
thus:  __-?. .  which  were,    _9_  such  were,  __o__as  it  were; 

„  j_  there  were- 

Remark. — In  the  sign  for  "  as  it  were,"  as  should  be  on  the  line. 

260.  You — Ych  may  be  used  for  you  if  it  is  more 
convenient  than  Yuh  for  joining  with  a  preceding  or  a 
following  word;   thus :.-<j— .send  you,--*-p--you  understand. 

19 


I  Hi  Graham'*  Business  Shorthand 

261.  Other,  Another,  Whether,  may  occasionally  be 
added  by  lengthening;  thus: 

with  each  other,    any  other,    no  other,    somcother,    such  another, 

by  another,      of  another,      one  another,     do  you  know  whether. 

262.  Special  Contractions. — In  taking  dictation  in  which 
long  compound  names  or  phrases  occur,  the  stenographer 
should  write  them  in  full  the  first  time  (unless  he  can  use 
one  or  more  of  the  regular  contractions) ;  but  thereafter,  if 
he  thinks  they  are  likely  to  recur  frequently,  he  should  devise 
special  contractions.  The  general  method  of  forming  such 
contractions  is  to  join  or  intersect  one  or  two  letters  (usually 
the  initial  ones)  of  two  or  more  parts  of  the  name  or 
phrase;  thus: 

T7^.  .^,  New  York  Central. 

7X—,--  New  York,  New  Haven  &  Hartford. 

^->_ Union  Pacific. 

^Tp_ Western  Union  Telegraph  Co. 

"H* j        Interstate  Commerce  Commission. 
_^_P     Government  of  the  United  States. 

"£____  Imperial  German  Government. 

e-es,—      Great  Britain. 

May  it  please  the  Court. 


Supplementary  Practice 


147 


PRESIDENT  WILSONS   NOTE  TO   GERMANY 


/. 


.*Lc. 


*~d- 


y...1-*Sr~SL-!.-r*s1  2f...l./-. 

=-v-^-^-v-"---V~- 


I  |s  Cntlia iii's  Business  Shorthand 


..1.     e- 


C 


-...!s 


-"-'--V 


l 


L.TU—^-A. .*.-zL    /". 


i 


.•..JV.?..  —  ...1. 


\ 


O 


L_o 


Supplementary  Practice  149 

sy/jt— ..'..L,  _, rf>..nL  .4..  u.. 


~0>-  -O 


/._.0__.<_.N_._^__^. 


"T"^ 


_,v_ 


hf- 


i..A/.L^..^.  J. 


^-^ 


(..N. 


./    —     A. 


I" 


\ 

n. 


-fe 


■V-l;-- 


^ 


v/- 


)^~ 


S...^ 


\y 


t-*v 


.u 


.-u 


r° 


L.\,..r.rv,..m..\..L,_.-7=...i..X. 


l.")i)  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


/ 


/ 


■x  ■+■■  --Sl--  -f -^ 

:/.L.X. 


-X 


I 


s.  ^   t 


■^   (   r\.  ^ 


\ 


■> 


v 


t/ 


-,, V 

I.  _o..!..r)/.. 


!  ^_  i^j...-*- 


Supplementary  Practice 


151 


_vp..:..^1__.s....^  JL__v?-  >-  U— <vr__v^  L 


'___V?__\__   „__'._  a.     \A\-.V.     l__^/. 


L-. 


V 


.7.A.1 


^   OfS-.^ 


4-  -U~ 


..Si 


1L.   e..Jk_ 


u     ^      x 

-— Y" 


"N,- i- 


L52  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


I.X..  .\„„\.^. 


£1  A l--^j> LC 


).>_:.  >_ 


l\..U\:.^. 


.x 


■^.D 


9        y    \       —p    -~0 


V    T^ 


■> 


//^<f._.>^..^  ,  :^rru  ^_n  / 


r 


r 


;..\a 


.^JD 


..-TL  .C-S 


.4^._.i.Li.  .iu.^ 


_^._.^. 


Supplementary  Practice  153 

PRESIDENT   WILSON'S    NOTE   TO    GERMANY 

[Note. — The  following  historical  document,  perhaps  the  most  important  in 
American  history  since  the  Civil  War,  was  originally  written  in  Graham  shorthand 
by  President  Wilson.  The  New  York  Times  in  commenting  on  this  fact  says: 
"The  shorthand  characters  of  the  President  filled  six  pages  of  ordinary  note-paper. 
After  he  had  set  down  the  communication  in  this  way  the  President  transcribed  it 
on  his  own  typewriter.  As  far  as  known,  no  official  or  clerk  of  the  White  House 
had  any  part  in  the  transcription  of  the  document  until  after  it  had  been  presented 
to  the  members  of  the  Cabinet.  "1 

Department  of  State 

Washington,  May  13, 1915. 

The  Secretary  op  State  to  the 

American  Ambassador  at  Berlin: 

Please  call  on  the  Minister  of  Foreign  Affairs  and  after  reading  to 
him  this  communication  leave  with  him  a  copy. 

In  view  of  recent  acts  of  the  German  authorities  in  violation  of 
American  rights  on  the  high  seas,  which  culminated  in  the  torpedoing 
and  sinking  of  the  British  steamship  Lusitania  on  May  7,  1915,  by 
which  over  100  American  citizens  lost  their  lives,  it  is  clearly  wise 
and  desirable  that  the  Government  of  the  United  States  and  the 
Imperial  German  Government  should  come  to  a  clear  and  full 
understanding  as  to  the  grave  situation  which  has  resulted. 

The  sinking  of  the  British  passenger  steamer  Falaba  by  a  German 
submarine  on  March  28,  through  which  Leon  C.  Thrasher,  an 
American  citizen,  was  drowned;  the  attack  on  April  28  on  the 
American  vessel  Cushing  by  a  German  aeroplane;  the  torpedoing 
on  May  1  of  the  American  vessel  Gulflight  by  a  German  submarine,  as 
a  result  of  which  two  or  more  American  citizens  met  their  death; 
and,  finally,  the  torpedoing  and  sinking  of  the  steamship  Lusitania, 
constitute  a  series  of  events  which  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  has  observed  with  growing  concern,  distress,  and  amazement . 

Recalling  the  humane  and  enlightened  attitude  hitherto  assumed 
by  the  Imperial  German  Government  in  matters  of  international 
right,  and  particularly  with  regard  to  the  freedom  of  the  seas; 
having  learned  to  recognize  the  German  views  and  the  German 
influence  in  the  field  of  international  obligation  as  always  engaged 
upon  the  side  of  justice  and  humanity;  and  having  understood 
the  instructions  of  the  Imperial  German  Government  to  its  naval 

20 


154  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

commanders  to  be  upon  the  Bame  plane  of  humane  action  prescribed 
by  the  naval  codes  of  other  nations,  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  was  loath  to  believe — it  can  not  now  bring  itself  to  believe — 
thai  these  acts,  so  absolutely  contrary  to  the  rules,  the  practices, 
and  the  spirit  of  modern  warfare,  could  have  the  countenance  or 
sanction  of  that  great  Government.  It  feels  it  to  be  its  duty,  there- 
fore, to  address  the  Imperial  German  Government  concerning  them 
with  the  utmost  frankness  and  in  the  earnest  hope  that  it  is  not 
mistaken  in  expecting  action  on  the  part  of  the  Imperial  German 
Government,  which  will  correct  the  unfortunate  impressions  which 
have  been  created,  and  vindicate  once  more  the  position  of  that. 
Government  with  regard  to  the  sacred  freedom  of  the  seas. 

The  Government  of  the  United  States  has  been  apprised  that  the 
Imperial  German  Government  considered  themselves  to  be  obliged 
by  the  extraordinary  circumstances  of  the  present  war  and  the 
measures  adopted  by  their  adversaries  in  seeking  to  cut  Germany 
off  from  all  commerce,  to  adopt  methods  of  retaliation  which  go 
much  beyond  the  ordinary  methods  of  warfare  at  sea,  in  the  proclam- 
ation  of  a  war  zone  from  which  they  have  warned  neutral  ships  to 
keep  away.  This  Government  has  already  taken  occasion  to  inform 
♦  he  Imperial  German  Government  that  it  cannot  admit  the  adoption 
of  such  measures  or  such  a  warning  of  danger  to  operate  as  in  any 
degree  an  abbreviation  of  the  rights  of  American  shipmasters  or  of 
American  citizens  bound  on  lawful  errands  as  passengers  on  merchant 
ships  of  belligerent,  nationality,  and  that  it  must  hold  the  Imperial 
German  Government  to  a  strict  accountability  for  any  infringement 
of  those  rights,  intentional  or  incidental.  It  does  not  understand  the 
Imperial  German  ( iovernment  to  question  those  rights.  It  assumes, 
on  the  contrary,  that  the  Imperial  Government  accept,  as  of  course, 
the  rule  that  the  lives  of  non-combatants,  whether  they  be  of  neutral 
citizenship  or  citizens  of  one  of  the  nations  at  war,  cannot  lawfully 
or  rightfully  be  put  in  jeopardy  by  the  capture  or  destruction  of  an 
unarmed  merchantman,  and  recognize  also,  as  all  other  nations  do. 
the  obligation  to  take  the  usual  precaution  of  visit  and  search  to 
ascertain  whether  a  suspected  merchantman  is  in  fact  of  belligerent 
nationality  or  is  in  fact  carrying  contraband  of  war  under  a  neutral 
flag. 

The  Government   of  the  United  States,  therefore,  desires  to  call 


Supplementary  Practice  155 

the  attention  of  the  Imperial  German  Government  with  the  utmost, 
earnestness  to  the  fact  that  the  objection  to  their  present  method  of 
attack  against  the  trade  of  their  enemies  lies  in  the  practical  im- 
possibility of  employing  submarines  in  the  destruction  of  commerce 
without  disregarding  those  rules  of  fairness,  reason,  justice,  and 
humanity  which  all  modern  opinion  regards  as  imperative.  It  is 
practically  impossible  for  the  officers  of  a  submarine  to  visit  a 
merchantman  at  sea  and  examine  her  papers  and  cargo.  It  is 
practically  impossible  for  them  to  make  a  prize  of  her;  and,  if  they 
cannot  put  a  prize  crew  on  board  of  her,  they  cannot  sink  her  without 
leaving  her  crew  and  all  on  board  of  her  to  the  mercy  of  the  sea  in 
her  small  boats.  These  facts  it  is  understood  the  Imperial  German 
Government  frankly  admit.  We  are  informed  that  in  the  instances 
of  which  we  have  spoken  time  enough  for  even  that  poor  measure  of 
safety  was  not  given,  and  in  at  least,  two  of  the  cases  cited  not  so 
much  as  a  warning  was  received.  Manifestly,  submarines  cannot 
be  used  against  merchantmen,  as  the  last  few  weeks  have  shown, 
without  an  inevitable  violation  of  many  sacred  principles  of  justice 
and  humanity. 

American  citizens  act  within  their  indisputable  rights  in  taking 
their  ships  and  in  traveling  wherever  their  legitimate  business  calls 
them  upon  the  high  seas,  and  exercise  those  rights  in  what  should 
be  the  well-justified  confidence  that  their  lives  will  not  be  endangered 
by  acts  done  in  clear  violation  of  universally  acknowledged  inter- 
national obligations,  and  certainly  in  the  confidence  that  their  own 
Government  will  sustain  them  in  the  exercise  of  their  rights. 

There  was  recently  published  in  the  newspapers  of  the  United 
States,  I  regret  to  inform  the  Imperial  German  Government,  a 
formal  warning,  purporting  to  come  from  the  Imperial  German 
Embassy  at  Washington,  addressed  to  the  people  of  the  United 
States,  and  stating,  in  effect,  that  any  citizen  of  the  United  States 
who  exercised  his  right  of  free  travel  Upon  the  seas  would  do  so  at 
his  peril  if  his  journey  should  take  him  within  the  zone  of  waters 
within  which  the  Imperial  German  Navy  was  using  submarines 
against  the  commerce  of  Great  Britain  and  France,  notwithstanding 
the  respectful  but  very  earnest  protest  of  his  Government,  the 
Government  of  the  United  States.  I  do  not  refer  to  this  for  the 
purpose  of  calling  the  attention  of  the  Imperial  German  Government 


L56  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

al  this  time  to  the  surprising  irregularity  <>f  a  communication  from 
the  Imperial  German  Embassy  at  Washington  addressed  to  the 
people  of  the  United  Stales  through  the  newspapers,  but  only  for 
the  purpose  of  pointing  out  thai  no  warning  that  an  unlawful  and 
inhumane  act  will  be  committed  can  possibly  be  accepted  as  an 
excuse  or  palliation  for  that  act  or  as  an  abatement  of  the  responsi- 
bility for  its  commission. 

Long  acquainted  as  this  Government  has  been  with  the  character 
of  the  Imperial  Government,  and  with  the  high  principles  of  equity 
by  which  they  have  in  the  past  been  actuated  and  guided,  the 
Government  of  the  United  States  cannot  believe  that  the  com- 
manders  of  the  vessels  which  committed  these  acts  of  lawlessness 
did  so  except  under  a  misapprehension  of  the  orders  issued  by  the 
Imperial  German  naval  authorities.  It  takes  it  for  granted  that,  at 
least  within  the  practical  possibilities  of  every  such  case,  the  com- 
manders even  of  submarines  were  expected  to  do  nothing  that  would 
involve  the  lives  of  noncombatants  or  the  safety  of  neutral  ships, 
even  at  the  cost  of  failing  of  their  object  of  capture  or  destruction. 
It  confidently  expects,  therefore,  that  the  Imperial  German  Govern- 
ment will  disavow  the  acts  of  which  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  complains;  that  they  will  make  reparation  so  far  as  reparation 
is  possible  for  injuries  which  are  without  measure,  and  that  they  will 
take  immediate  steps  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  anything  so 
obviously  subversive  of  the  principles  of  warfare  for  which  the 
Imperial  German  Government  have  in  the  past  so  wisely  and  so 
firmly  contended. 

The  Government  and  people  of  the  United  States  look  to  the 
[mperial  <  ierman  Government  for  just,  prompt,  and  enlightened 
action  in  this  vital  matter  with  the  greater  confidence,  because  the 
United  States  and  Germany  are  bound  together  not  only  by  special 
ties  of  friendship,  but  also  by  the  explicit  stipulations  of  the  Treaty 
of  1S28,  between  the  United  States  and  the  Kingdom  of  Prussia. 

Expressions  of  regret  and  offers  of  reparation  in  case  of  the  des- 
truction of  neutral  ships  sunk  by  mistake,  while  they  may  satisfy 
international  obligations,  if  no  loss  of  life  results,  cannot  justify  or 
excuse  a  practice  the  natural  and  necessary  effect  of  which  is  to 
subject  neutral  nations  and  neutral  persons  to  new  and  immeasurable 
risks. 

The  Imperial  German  Government  will  not  expect  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  States  to  omit  any  word  or  any  act  necessary  to 
the  performance  of  its  sacred  duty  of  maintaining  the  rights  of  the 
United  States  and  its  citizens  and  of  safeguarding  their  free  exercise 
and  enjoyment.  BRYAN. 


Supplementary  Practice  157 

ty<7U^ztz//  o-f    <yb^yi^niA<yn/  cy(n^JOh/    (facet/  eJ/A^Srr 


W 


ki:-/ 


L\ 


a. 


i 


A^  /. v.^-. 

-i-4/ 


-/- w 


^ 


fc-T 


/) 


.yi .T' . . 7777\>/.  /fo0...i 

\  A  .<r]_ 6/.. 


o 


1 58 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

..../ o L 


o 


K~^~/---*--/- 


.c:_.^_..u_..s^. 


D 


A 


C.A. 


-C,_ 


L—  .x..W-  -- 


-7 


y^. 


^ 


v- 


*4...k-   ^..-^...Ttr 


<#-<•- 

■<y 4- 


*-*. 


^ 


;•■ 


tv 


J 


-Vl 


Supplementary  Practice  159 


/4 


~*7        -t        N 


^ 


r. 


o^ 


-V- 


0  ( 


)_.L  _%, 


"> 


•  si/ 


N   -bo-1-^ 


^. 


.  .t  J. 


w 


bz>- 

X. 


-<      / 


■?•/ 


W«! 


-V 


m  ). 


rv. 


-W c - 


1(H)  Graham*8  Business  Shorthand 


\ 


...A. 


c//oi_ 


,Cj 


r  ._..). 


si. 


*/-■ 


^ 


^,-X„C 


r 


^.A\±L.Jt£t.<ri4/  c^Lc 


).5i 


.V-A 


"bo"} 


-^ 


c. 


A 


-W 


Y 


r 


Supplementary  Practice  161 

TRANSCRIPT 

STATE  OF  MINNESOTA 

COUNTY  OF  HENNEPIN  District  Court. 

Fourth  Judicial  District 
State   of  Minnesota  ) 
vs.  \ 

G.  W.  Van  Dusen    J 

The  above  entitled  action  came  on  for  trial  before  Hon.  Frank  C. 
Brooks,  one  of  the  judges  of  said  court,  at  the  November,  1907, 
general  term  thereof,  Wm.  C.  Leary,  Assistant  County  Attorney, 
appearing  in  behalf  of  the  State,  and  Messrs.  Mead  <fe  Robertson  in 
behalf  of  the  defendant. 

Mr.  Leary-  I  want  to  introduce  in  evidence,  may  it  please  the 
Court,  the  citation  in  the  case  of  the  State  of  Minnesota  against 
G.  W.  Van  Dusen.    The  State  rests. 

( 1.  W.  Van  Dusen,  sworn  in  his  own  behalf. 
By  Mr.  Robertson. 

Q    What  is  your  name?       A     G.  W.  Van  Dusen. 

Q    Where  do  you  reside?      A    At  Rochester,  Minnesota. 

Q  How  long  have  you  resided  at  Rochester?  A  About  27 
years. 

Q  Did  you  maintain  a  home,  at  any  time,  in  Minneapolis,  at  the 
same  time  you  maintained  your  home  in  Rochester?      A     Yes,  sir. 

Q    Where  was  your  home  in  Minneapolis?      A     1900  Vine. 

Q    You  built  that  residence  yourself ?      A    Yes,  sir. 

Q     And  you  were  the  owner  of  it?       A     I  was  the  owner  of  it. 

Q    When  did  you  cease  to  be  the  owner?      A     Eight  years  ago. 

Q  Did  you,  after  selling  that  place,  continue  to  reside  in  Minne- 
apolis and  also  in  Rochester?  A  Well,  1  stayed  with  my  son  most 
of  the  time,  here. 

Q    In  Minneapolis?      A     Yes. 

Q  In  May,  190ti,  or  prior  to  that  time,  did  you  make  your 
permanent  home  in  Rochester,  Minnesota?      A    Yes,  sir. 

Q  Did  you  qualify  there  as  a  voter,  in  Olmsted  county?  A 
Yes,  sir. 

Q    In  what  year?      A    Three  years  ago  this  fall. 

Q     In  1904?       A     Yes,  sir. 

Q  And  since  that  time  have  you  maintained  any  residence  in  the 
city  of  Minneapolis?      A     Nothing  more  than  a  visit . 

Q    A  visit  occasionally?      A     Yes.  sir. 

Q     Your  home  is  in  Rochester?       A     Yes,  sir. 

Q  And  has  been  continuously  since  the  election  in  1904? 
A  Well,  it  isn't  "continuously;"  I  am  traveling  around  more  or 
less.  I  am  here  part  of  the  time,  and  in  California  and  differenl 
places.     I  am  not  doing  any  business  here. 

Q  You  are  making  your  bona  fide  residence,  the  place  of  your 
domicile,  Rochester,  in  <  flmsted  county,  in  this  State?      .1     \  es,  sir. 


162  Graham* s  Business  Shorthand 

(j    And  that  was  true  on  the  1st  of  May,  19067      A     Yes. 

Q  Did  you  make  a  return  of  your  assessment  for  personal 
property  taxes,  in  Rochester,  in  1900?  A  I  paid  taxes  there  for 
40  years;    yes. 

Q  Well,  for  personal  property  taxes?  A  I  didn't  have  any 
personal  property. 

Mr.  Leary.  Objected  to  as  incompetent,  irrelevant  and  im- 
material. 

(J  Did  you  have  any  personal  property  in  Rochester?  .4 
Nothing  to  amount  to — 

Q  Were  you  assessed  for  personal  property  in  Rochester? 
A  1  own  a  farm  there  that  I  have  owned  over  40  years,  and  I  have 
paid  taxes  on  that  all  the  time. 

(J  And  do  you  know  whether  or  not  you  had  any  personal  prop- 
erty taxes  in  that  county?       A     I  don't  think  I  did. 

Q  Did  you  receive  any  notice  of  an  arbitrary  assessment,  in  the 
city  of  Minneapolis,  for  the  year  1900?  A  I  think  I  did,  some- 
time, but  it  was  old. 

Q  Do  you  remember  what  shape  that  notice  was  in — written  or 
oral?       A     1  couldn't  say.    I  think  it  was  copy  written. 

Q    From  the  Assessor's  Office?      A     Yes. 

Sir.  Robertson.  I  think  it  is  stipulated  that  Mr.  Van  Dusen 
made  a  protest  to  the  City  Assessor's  Office. 

Mr.  Leary.    I  think  that  would  be  immaterial  anyway. 

Q  You  had  no  residence  in  the  city  of  Minneapolis,  on  May  1, 
1906?      A     Nothing  except  with  my  son. 

Q    You  would  visit  back  and  forth?      A     Yes. 

Q     But  your  home  was  in  Rochester?       .4     Yes,  sir. 

.Sir.  Robertson.  We  offer  in  evidence,  of  the  records  of  the 
Auditor's  office,  assessment  list  of  property  of  (1.  W.  Van  Dusen,  in 
the  4th  ward,  being  line  19  on  page  179  of  the  personal  property 
assessment  book. 

Received  without  objection. 
Cross-examination  by  Mr.  Leary. 

Q  Did  you  say  that  you  had  paid  for  the  year  1900  any  personal 
propert  y  t  ax  at  Rochester?       A     I  said  no. 

Q  That  you  had  not?  ^4  So  far  as  I  remember,  I  only  paid  — 
Fes  I  did,  too.  I  have  stock  and  one  thing  and  another,  but  not  any 
personal  property  anywhere. 

Q  Well,  the  question  that  I  ask  you  is  this,  whether  or  not  you 
had  paid  any  personal  property  taxes  in  Rochester  for  the  year  1900? 
.1  Well,  I  should  want  to  correct  my  statement.  I  did  pay  on 
personal  property  there. 


WORDS  OF  SIMILAR  CONSONANTS  DISTINGUISHED  BY 

DIFFERENCE  OF  OUTLINE,  POSITION 

OR  VOCALIZATION. 


.„| Pee'-Tee,     piety 

_\ Pee2-Tee,     pity 

A.yZ-Pee'-Ray,     power 
\/..Pee2-Ray,     pure 
Pee3-Ar,     poor 


--\g-  Peeshon3-Tee,     passion- 
ate-ty-ness 

L  -  ^O-  _  Peeshont2,     patient 

..jviT.  Spee2-Ret,     support 

X^_Spee2-Ret   (vocalized), 

sport 
'bv .  _  .Spret2,     separate 

-\.  -  .Per'-Pee,     property 

\ 

Per1,  proper,  propriety 

-  vns_  _Per2-Pret ,     appropriate- 

d-ness 

-\--v  -  Pcr2-Pee-Ray,      prepare 

scription     L^\^_  Per'-Peeshon,      propor- 

^ d  Per^-Kayshon,    pro-  tion-ed 

scription      _J\  _  Pcr2-Pee-Red,    prepared 

.V\c  Pce2-Ray-Pee-RH , 
<x  purport-ed 


.  Pee*-Rays-Kayshon , 

persecution 

Fers3-Kayshon, 

prosecution 
o 


Pers'-Kayshon,     pre- 


Pee'-Rayshon,  apparition 
\^__.Pee2-Rayshon,     portion 
_  x-9--Pee3-Kayshoi),     apportion 
..-^...Pershon1,     perfection 
_  J\)...Pershon2,  *  operation 
_'\.       Pershon3,     oppression 

\vC^r:Pee2-Ret-En,     pertain  ..Perst3,     practiced 

\^s^Pee3-*Ret-En,    appertain     | —  7?-Per1-Emsl     promise 

163 


Per'-Pees,      properties 

Per2- Pees,  perhaps,  pro- 
pose 
\  A0Pee*-Ray-Pees,   purpose 

5s .PerVKet,      practicable- 
ness-ility 
<\^__Pcr3,    practice-cal-ly 


1  ( V  L  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 

.J  —  Prete'-Tent,   protestanl 
^f —  Preds--Tent,  predestined 


LrX--c,  I'ti  irem'  ise, 

premise 

T?.Per'-Mcn,    prominent-ce 


,Per2-Men-Ent,     per- 
manent 
.Per'-Met,     prompt-ed 

I'tr'-Mct,    permit-ted 

_^v Pei^-Met,     promote-ed 

Per2-Emshon,  permission 

_.Per3-Emshon,   promotion 

__Pers'-Peo,     prospect-ed 

.  Pers2-Pref ,     prosperity 

_ .  p — Pers^Dee,     precede 

— \p-_-Pcr.sc-Dcc',   proceed,  per- 
suade 
\y\     Pee*-Rays-Dee,     pursued 


Pers'-Kct,      prosecute-d 

_V^-TPee2-Rays-Ket ,     perse- 
c\  cute-d 


Perf1,  perfect 
Perf'-Ket,     perfected 
__\jrT„Pref2-Ket,     provoked 


Pref-Kayshon,   predic- 
tion 
Pret*-Kayshon,     protec- 
tion,   predication 
I —  Per*-Deeshon,  production 

-  .l'lvd'-Kcf,  predict-ed 


L-\ 


Pr<  il'-Kci,   predicate-d, 
protect-!  d 
Per2-]  tee,    i  roduct 


B 


Bee2-Kay,    become 
■Bee3-Kay,     to  become 

t  Bce2-Ray-Ith,     birth 
--Ber2-Ith,     breath 


^_  Bee'-En-Ef,     beneficial- 

ly 

Bee2-En-Fet,    benefit- 
v  ted 

•^--Ben2-Ef,      benefieent-ce 

Bee2-En-Yec,     benevo- 

lent-ce 

Bee'-En-Ef,    benefactor 


Beeping,    being 
\__,  Bee3-Ing,     bank 

Bees1,     business 

.-Si— 2.  Bees*-Ens,     baseness 
\^ — Bees3-Ens,     absence 
_\c— Bee2-Let,     belt 
-^--Belt2  (vocalized),     bolt 
--N-k-Bee*-Ard,    bored 
_?S__Bred2,     board 


X 


-Bret1  (vocalized),  bright 


*\ 


Bred1  (vocalized  ,  broad 

__-No .  .Sbees2-Tee,  substantial- 

I  ly 


Words  D ist ing u ish  ed 


165 


L  Np__ -  Sbees2-Ten-Isht,  substan- 
/L  tiate-d 

__|S_Ben2-Dend,     abandoned 

_V~-Bend2,     abundant-cc 


_.U--Tee2-Ment,     atonement 
_.l_._,Tee3-Ment,     attainment 
._  L-=>— Tee8-Layst,     at  last 
._  [—  Telst3,    at  least 
_l/?_Tee2-Ren,     turn 
-J — Tren2,     train 
-L^Tee'-En-Bel,     tenable 
J    Ten3-Bce,     attainable 
l/KTee2-Ray-BelJ     terrible 

— Ter2-R.'l,     trouble 
_  P___Sted2,     staid 
—  i— Steh-Dee2,     steady 
— h  —  Ter2-Ter,     traitor 


[\ 


L  X^-Tred2-Ar,     trader 
_.b — Ters2-Ef,     transfer-red 
-  <K — Tcrs2-Fer,  transform-ed 


I) 


-\—  Dee'-Pet,     adopt 
_l_ — Dee8-Pet,    adapt 

[".I] Dee'-Ter,     daughter 

_ty.Detf.-Ar,    auditor 


L_.  _  Det2-Ar,     debtor 

Det3-Ar,     doubter 

___1I-Dee2-Ter,     editor,  deter 


l      Dee3-Ter,     detract-ed 

I^Dee2-Tred,     deterred 

__r^_Dee2-Layshon,adulation 

r  _.Delshon3,     delusion, 

-  y  dilution 
_. <T?_Dees2-Layshon,    desola- 

■  tion 

.  _  A_  Dees2-Elshon,      dissolu- 

-  ^  tion 
._  oZ  Dees^Let,     desolate 

_^  _Dees2-Elt,     dissolute 

.tr._Dee2-Let,     adult 


Diet1,     delight-ed 


p—  Diet3,     dilute-d,  delude- 

'1 
_..l._Def2,     defence,  differ-ed 
different-ence 
I  ._Def3,     advance-d 

..l/_.  Dee2-Rayshon,     ador- 
ation 

n 

—  -J.-Dershon1,     derision 
— U  -Dershon2,     direction 
.  _!L-.Dershon3,     duration 


1 


Dees^Pent,  disappomt- 
ed-ment 
-<L_.Dees2-Pend,  despond- 

i  ed-ent-cncv 

.Ds__Dee8ter2-Bet,  distribute 

-d 
1 ).  i-  -|'i  r-l're,    disturb 


ir,i; 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


i ><  i  -Iss-Ter,  admini 


Dees'-Tershon,  de«truc-        L   0-..Jay2-Ent-El,     gentle 


/      rent*,    gentleman 


t 


t 
t 

t- 
-t 

-  L 

/ 


tion 
.Dees3-Tcrshon,     distrac- 
tion 
.Dee3-Iss-Tershon,  adminis- 
tration 
Dees2-Tref,     destructive 

.  _  Dee^-Tref ,     distractive 

_Dees-Iss-Tertiv,    admin- 
istrative 
.  Dees'-Tee-Rayshon,  dis- 
tortion 
.  Dees2-Teeshon,    destitu- 
tion 
IV.  ss'-Teeshon ,   dissatis- 
faction 
Dto'-Es,    decease;     de- 
ceased, Dees'-Est 
Deeses1,     disease-d 

Dee'-Vees,     advice 

Def'-Es,     device 

DeeM'ees,     advise 

DeP-Zee,     devise 

CH 
Chay'-Bel,     changeable 
.Chay'-Bel,     chargeable 
( *hay--Jor,     changer 
Chay3-Jer,     charger 


r 


Jay'-Ent,     giant 
Jayc-Ent,     agent 


r 


,  __  _  .Kay-Pee1  (vocalized), 

\  c°py 

..__  .Kay-Pee1  (vocalized  i, 
— P  occupy 

— _!__  Kays-Dee1,     caused 

Kayst1,     cost 

__/T__  Kay'-El,     commonly 

Kay'-Lay,  common  law 

Kay-Layshon1,  coalition 

— /O  Kay-Layshon8,    eollu- 
r    -)  sion 
Kelshon1,     collision 


Kelshon3,     conclusion 

_^-^Kav--Mer,   commercial- 

_ — r~bKay3-Mers,      commerce 

°~1 
Ker'-Dens,     credence 


.  -TT.—Kred1,     accord-ance 
rrr^\..Kays-Pret2,     expert 
T7\^.Kays-Pee--Ret ,     export 
.  __Jr\  Kays-Pee'-Ard,  expired 

G 

'__  Gay-Dee1,     guide 

.    "...Ged1,    God 
.  e-L-.  Gret-Lay2,     greatly 
^^T.Gred-Lay3,     gradual-ly 


Words  D  ist  ing  u  ished 


107 


L  .1. 
'i 


Ef2-Kay,     effect-ed 
Ef3,     affect-ed 
Ef'-Lshs,     officious-ly 
EF-Shay,     efficient-ly 
Ef'-Ar-Em,     farm 
Fer2-Em,     firm 
Fer1,     form-ed 
Fer2,     from 
EP-Vert,     favorite 
Ver3,     favor-ed 
Efs2-Kel,     physical-ly 
Efs2-Kay-El,     fiscal 
Ef»-Nol,    final-ly 
Fen'-Lay,     finely 
Vee2-Lay-Bel,  available 
.Vel'-Bel,    valuable 

TH 

lth2-Ilay,     thorough 
.Ther2,     through 

S 

-Es'-En,     assignee 
-Esen1,     assign 
.Es'-Ment,     assignment 


d 


.Esend1,     assigned 


rV\ 


L---Es2-End,     ascend 

__J ,Esent2,    assent 

L 

Lay2-Bred,     labored 

ElVBred,     elaborate-d 

Lay'-Brel,     liberal-ly 

.  ^S-El^Brel,     illiberal-ly 

-  J~-^  Lay^Jay-Kel,  logical-ly 

.  yL  .  El'-Jay-Kel,   illogical-ly 

C—   El'-Kay,     electric 

(— -r      El2-Kay-Kel,  electrical- 

C PE12-Kayters-Tee,     elec- 
tricity 

Lay'-Kay,     like-d 

Jzrr_  EMKay,     alike 

/"= — ■ 
Lay'-Kcl,     likely 

.  '-TTT Lay 2-Kel,    local-ly 

LayVKay-Lay,    luckily 

-(—y ..  El*-Kay-El,    alcohol 

/~      El2-Kel,     alkali 

Lay'-Gel,     legal-ly 

El'-Gel,     illegal-ly 

Lay'-Em,     lime 

/^r-El3-Em,     alum 


c 


II  i,S 


GrahartCs  Business  Shorthand 


_n_  _!■'•'  "-Ted,    latitude 
-  £|__Let*-Tee-Dee,    altitude 

I  ,\R 

___\.  Arder1,     reader 
Rayter1,     writer 
__S\_  Art'-Ar,     retire 
__~^Vi.  Ar*-Ter,    orator-y 

RAY 

_^_ Ray  ^Pet ,     repeat-  ed 

..y^Cl—  Ray--  Pet,     rapid-ity 

RayVPet,    repute-d 

Ray'-Ef-Xcr,     refiner 

:  __„.  Ray '-Fen-Ray,  refinery 

y^rrrj  Ray3-En-Dee,    renewed 

.  .y^l.-  Ray'-End,     ruined 

-2 

_  _ Rays'-Pent,     recipient 

./L?_    Rayss-Pend,     respond 

/  U  Rays2-Tershon,    restric- 
ts tion 

/kl_  Ray>--Toe-Rnyslion, 

restoration 

Rel'-Yent,     irrelevant 

Rel*-Vent,     relevant 
Ked'-En,    ordain 
Ret*-En,     retain 


__^T._.RedI-End,    ordained 

_^-T__Ret2-End,     retained 
.-/--c-.Ret'-End,    redound 
_^V  - Iss-Ret'-Ef,     certifies I e 
-<^\-— Iss-Ret2-Ef,     certify 
M 

X_  Em-Bel3,    amiable-y 

_Em-Bel3,     humble-y 


Q Zher3,  measure-able- 

y  ably 

_^T^_  Em-Zher3,    immeasur- 
, —  able-y 

Em'-Xcr,     minor 


Men-Ar1,  miner,  meaner 
'___  Mer'-Eay,     merely 

Merl1,     immoral-ly 
^n    Merl2,     moral- ly 
„  Mcn'-Ent,     imminent 

Mon2-Ent,     eminent 

atv   Em-Pret3,     impart-ed 

v/  Emp-Ret2,     import' 

__. Emp-Ret1,     im'  port 

.Emter'-Lay,  immaterial 

V'Emtei^-Lay,  material-ly 

X 
^.En-Bed1,     anybo<ly 

-\_.En2-Bed,     nobody 


En-Ef2,  infer-red,  infer- 
ence 
En-Ef2-Kay,     in  effect 

En-Ef3,     unaffected 

En-Fer1,     inform-ed 

-Fer2-Em,     infirm 

^N  En-Fer3,   uniform-ly-ity 

:>^En-Ven1-Ens,  inconven- 
ience 
En-Ven2,     invention 


En-Ved'-Bel,     unavoid- 
able 
En-Vet2-Bel,    inevitable 

.En-Emp1,  unimportant- 
ce 


Words  Distinguished  169 

L^ — --^En-Emp2,     unimproved 


— End'-Kayshon,    indica- 
tion 
Csee  Indicate,  following) 
— ^End2-Kayshon,    induc- 


*i 


tion 


End-Ted1,  indicted 

-  Jrl . .  End-Ted2,  indebted 

_-— ^-]--  End-Ted3,  undoubted 

End'-Ket,  indicate-d 

-_^rr.  End2-Ket,  induct-ed 


t 


x 


-End2-Els,     endless 


End-Els1,    needless 


22 


LIST  OF  (OMMOX  BUSINESS  PHRASES 


^ a  connection 

.„-£\. a  part  of  it 

about  the  way 

_\ above  all 


^ 


above  it 

above  their 

/____—     according  to  ynur 

— — y_\~  .     again  referring 

/___  all  of  which 

£-■ -^  _       all  such  matters 

allow  you  credit 

almost  impossible 

also  received 

yii and  bo  willing 

—    and  contents  noted 

.  _S&'--\  _  .     and  have  his  reply 

^_^_  and  note  contents 

J 
-4 and  of  the 

J    ^-jt,        and  will  have  the 


and  would  be 
any  more  than 
any  one 
anywhere  else 
as  far  as  possible 
as  fast  aa  possible 
as  follows 

q_d as  good  as 

as  heavy  as  possible 


f. 


,) as  it  is  possible 

dLp as  it  is  understood 

0.  _p as  long  as  there  is 


as  near  as  possible 


>-! Su.  _ .  j.  as  soon  as  you  can 

_  _  I as  we  do 

6  _.jo__  as  well  as  possible 

sv-_ aa  you  are 

iv — v as  you  may 


f\ 


-  as  you  will  see 


170 


Common  Business  Phrases 


171 


cannot  do  SO 

7 

-  cannot  sec  the 
cast  iron  pipe 
clo<se  this  matter 

_    did  you  give 

k_         ... 

I     ._     did  you  jrn 

1^ did  you  have 

J do  not  have 

I       y do  you  know  that 

_  k-. do  you  promise 

U^p do  you  understand 

_    duly  received 

enable  you  (to)  receive 
enclosed  find 
enclose-d  here*  it  li 
enclose-d  letter 
every  one 
every  one  of  its 
every  one  of  their 
every  other 
&: — j1 first  of  next  week 


172 


(Ira ha in'.s-  Business  Shorthand 


o  —  p  —    -  baa  l"  en  received 
has  he  been 


-  —  -A- 


.  has  he  made 


/> has  he  toll! 

r 


v 


baa  it  been 
has  long  been 


have  been  requested 


-v - 


--r-\ great  difference 

I _  had  he  been 

__« has  been  done 

_  o  J has  been  made 

has  been  paid 


v 


have  not  1 n 

A^l have  no)  received 

^c 1h'  believes 

l he  ran 

i__^ he  cannot 

/\«j> he  understands 

tVg he  wants  to  be 

_  _  .n/\_  _  _  he  will  be  glad 

he  would  be  willing 

he  would  not  have  been 

House  of  Representatives 

how  can 

how  have  you  been 

how  long 


*\ 


_cz 


Common  Business  Phrases 


173 


.  I  acknowledge 


-m  a  spirit. 


-I   am   in   receipt  of  your \ in  a  way 

favor 


Be 


.  I  beg  leave  to  say 
I  have  your  lei  ler 

I  hope  we  can 

— I  may  as  well 

-^\- I  presume 

\ 1  should  be 

^ I  should  have  been 


o I   wo 


— V 


I  wish  to  stale 
I  would  risk 

uld  have  been 

---  if  it  has  been 


if  it  seems 


in  a  word 

in  accordance  (with)  the 

-~^"J in  addition 

-~^~-\ in  advance 

^"3 'n  a"  circumstances 

ii  all  particulars 

£=s?io in  all 

in  appearance 

1J\ in  approval 

-?P inasmuch  as 

-  in  compliance 
-    in  conclusion 


if  there  (their,  or  they  are) 


if  there  lias  been 
if  we  can  !"■  sure 
-  -   if  possible 


A. 


-  in   connection    (with)    the 

-  in  (the,  or  an)  experience 

_     in  his  discretion 
in  his  line 


rC 


it  will  be  satisfactory         -X) in  his  operation 

-  in  a  business-like  manner -\<>-  -  '"  nifl  position 

^^Z in  a  sample  _^rA- .-in  his  possession 


171  Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


in  most  particulars 

.  _T^ .  1\» .    in  most  parts 
--_tl .   in  order  to  advance 


H " 


in  it  possible 

it  understood  that 

it  i^  B  veil  known  fact 


._tV 


in  order  to  perfect 
in  order  to  prove 
in  our  bouse 


-.  *. it  is  apt  to  be 

otT^. it  is  important 


J.- 


it  is  tliercfore 


...V 

5f. 


in  recommending 
in  recompense 
in  reconciling 
--    in  reconsidering 
--    in  recording 
-     in  reference 
-  _    in  regard  to  which 
_-^rX//_ in  relation  to  which 


_.,4> it  is  well  known 


t 


it  would  be  likely 
just  alike 
just  another 
just  as  fast 


/' 
■> 

_    in  return 


._  jD just  as  fast  as  possible 

.<-/- just  as  good 

/ja, just  as  well 

J just  before 


* 


in  respect  to  (or  of)  which d. Just  done 

-___<^r!/l-    Just  received 
know  you  do 


in  separate 

in  skill 


large  sizes 


/ in  so  far  as 


is  it  not  probable 


_9  larger  than 

largest  and  best 


A" 


-f- 


_^v4c. 


■"t 


Common  Business  Phrases  175 

.  latest  fashion  -      — ^-__.    no  expectation 

.  less  than  >» — *?- —    no  expense 

.   let  as  many  as  possible      » — f7^ —   no  favor 

let  us  alone  — > — rt~^—^?  no  intention 

list,  priic  --^ — ^--  -  -^.     no  longer 

made  us  understand  — -- — o*S<-    no  necessity 

majority  of  cases  - — ■<- no  people 

matter  of  fact  -n^/>_.   no  such  thing 

may  be  worth  while  not  only 

may  not  be  correct of  almost 

more  durable  of  all  particulars 

more  than  usual  j\>._     of  all  parts 

most  always  ~ of  all  sorts 

much  larger  of  course 

much  less  than  of  course  they  are  not 

much  more  than  i)__    of  course  they  have 

must  aUo  _.' !y?__   of  course  they  will  not 

must  not  X^    on  account  of  being 

next  day  \o_.    on  account  of  having  been 

next  question  . . on  nil  account* 

next  week  b__      on  all  sides 


1 7<>  Graham's 

on  .-ill    orta 

on  anv  account 

J on  either  Bide 

I 
on  having 

S 

on  her  own 

on  high 

'  & 
on  his 

on  his  account 

on  his  hands 

/ 

on  his  house 

on  his  own  part 

on  his  part 

i on  his  way 

J_, on  its  account 

1 on  one  side 

\^ on  our  being 

2 
1 on  our  having 

on  our  own 

on  referriiit; 

-\_ on  remembering 

\-l- on  returning 


Business  Shorthand 

—on  Bale 

V\ on  the  contrar 

N^> on  the  face  of  it 

1 

on  trial 

I on  what  I  said 

(-? on  your  account 

c xv_^ one  hundred  dollars 

c ^w one  hundred  thousand 

\  dollars 

« — <£\- one  of  the  best  places 

i^ — *N> one  part  of  it 

■c— ^/ only  chance 

C_^ — 3 only  known 

SL_^ -> only  now  and  then 

.£— -v. only  you 

"N^V. —  parcel  post 

._X-^V pay  roll 

> — * — ^--per  annum 

,^-_-,per  barrel,  per  bushel 

...\_  ,>v per  day,  per  diem 

_-\^..,>^-f>-_per  hour,  per  minute 
A.aa per  hundred  pounds 


Common  Business  Phrases 


111 


-^r-r-_ per  your  letter 

personal  expense 

/ please  acknowledge 

'X pretty  clear 


.r\ pretty  full 


_JrtL_ 

.  unless  it  is 

^— <5. 

s> 

they  are) 
we  are  sorry  to  say 

we  are  in  receipt  of  your 
letter 

^y 

„TTL-^. 

.we  can  take  care  of 

__..!c3- 

.we  call  your  attention 

...\— . 

we  expect-ed 

A,-— 

A" 

where  it  is  possible 

y^ 

.where  there  has  been 

„^L 

when-  they  are  interested 

-~r\-- 

whether  he  can 

within  a  few  days 

| within  the  tii 


with  whom  you  are  con- 
nected 


T" 


won  t  attempt 

Secretary  of  the  Treasury m__ you  said  you  left  there 

so  as  to  be  sure 


//. 0r../^->  so  much 


f 


.  rvR you  should  expect 


you     should      anticipate 
your  wants 


..K. so  well  known 

U — v telephone  the  order 

■-Q-- 


.to  be  favored 


<\n you  were  interested 

. _o you  were  told 


you  will  therefore 


ALPHABETIC  LIST  OF  WORD-SIGNS 

AND   CONTRACTIONS 


A,  a  dot  on  the  line  or  a  lighl 

tick  joined 
able,  Bel2 
ably,  Bel2 

able  to  have,  Blef2  ■ 
about,  Bet3  (below  and  free  from 

the  line) 
above,  Bee^Vee 
according-ly,  Kred1 
account,  Kent2 
acknowledge,  Kay-Jay2 
acknowledged,  Kay-Jed1 
addition-al,  Deeshon3 
administer,  Dees3-Ter 
administered,  Dees3-Tred 
advance-d,  Def3 
advancement,  Dees3-M<nt 
advantage,  Jay2 
advertise-d-ment,  Dees 
after,  Eft2 

afterward,  Eft2-Werd 

again,  Gen2 

all,  Bedoid1 

all  have,  Beftoid1 

all  our,  Bredoid1 

all  our  own,  Brentoid1 

alone,  Len2 

along,  Ins3 

already,  Dedoid1 

am,  Em2 

am  not,  Ment2 

an,  Bame  as  for  a 

and,  same  as  for  a 

and  a,  Ketoid2-Tetoid 

and  but,  Ketoid-Tetoid2 

and  the,  Ketoid*-Chetoid 

and  should,  Ketoid-Chetoid2 

and  all.  Keltoid2 

and  are,  Kretoid1 

and  of,  Keftoid1 

and  our,  Kretoid2 

annual-ly,  Xel1 


and  our  own,  Krentoid2 

another,  Enter2 

any  En1 

anything,  En'-Ing 

appear,  Per1 

appearance,  Prens1 

appearances,  Prenses1 

appeared,  Pred1 

appliance,  Plena3 

applicability,  Pel*-Kay 

applicable,  Pel3- Kay 

applicant,  Plent3 

application,  Pelshon3 

applied,  Pled3 

apply,  Pel3 

apprehend-ed,  Trend3 

apprehension-sive,  Pren3 

approve-al,  PrefJ 

approved,  Preft3 

are,  A.2 

are  not,  Arnt2 

as,  Iss2 

as  a-n,  Iss2-Ketoid 

as  he,  Iss-Chetoid2 

as  has,  as  his,  as  is,  Ses2 

as  it,  Zet2 

as  not,  Sent2 

as  soon  as,  Ses-Ens2 

as  the,  Iss2-Chetoid 

assignment,  Es'-Ment 

astonish-ed,  Est1 

astonishment,  Est1 

as  well  as,  I»s2-Laya 

at,  Tee3 

at  all,  Tel3 

at  hand,  Tend3 

at  least,  Telst1 

at  once,  Tens3 

at  our,  Ter3 

at  our  own,  Tren3 

atonement,  'lVe--Ment 

attainment,  Tee*-Ment 


17S 


Graham* s  Business  Shorthand 


379 


attraction,  Tershon3 

average,  Vee3-Jay 

aware,  Wer3 

aware  of,  Werf3 

away.  Way3 

awe,  Dedoid1 

awful-ly,  Deftoid1 

be,  Bee2 

because,  Kays1 

become,  Bee2-Kay 

been,  Ben2 

before,  Bef2 

began,  Gen3 

begin,  Gen1 

begun,  Gen2 

behind.  Bend1 

belief,  Blef2 

believer,  Blef2-Ray 

believe-cl,  Bel2 

belong-ed,  Bel1 

beyond,  Yuh1 

build,  Beld1 

built,  Belt1 

business,  Bees' 

but,  Tetoid2 

but  have,  Teftoid' 

buy,  by,  Bee1 

by  all,  Bel1 

by  all  of,  Blef1 

by  having,  Bef^'nig" 

by  our,  Ber1 

by  our  own,  Bren1 

calculate-d,  Kel3 

calculation,  Kel3 

California,  Kief-Hay1 

call,  Kel1 
called,  Keld1 
can,  Ken2 
cannot,  Kent1 
capable,  Kay-Bel2 
capably,  Kay-Bel2 
car,  Ker3 
care,  Ker2 
cares,  Kers2 
cared,  Kred2 
careful-ly,  Ivref2 
change-d,  Chay2 
character,  Ker2-Kay 


characteristic,  Ker2-Kayat 
characterize,  Ker2-Kaya 
charge-d,  Chay3 
cheer,  Cher1 
cheered,  Cherd1 
circumstance,  Stens3 
circumstances,  Stenses3 
circumstantial,  Sten3 
collect-ed,  Kel2-Kay 
come,  Kay2 
common,  Kay' 
Company,  Kay2 
commercial,  Kay2-Mer 
completion,  Pelshon1 
compliance,  Plens1 
complied,  Pled1 
comply,  Pel1 
comprehend-ed,  Prend2 
comprehension-sive,  Pren2 
conclusion,  Kelshon3 
condition-al,  Deeshon2 
conform-ed,  Con-dot  .Fer1 
consequence,  Skens1 
consequent,  Skent1 
consequent  ial-ness,  Sken1 
consider,  Sder2 
considered,  Sdred1 
consideration,  Sdershon9 
contraction,  Tershon2 
contradiction,  Deeshon1 
correct-ed-ness,  Ker1 
corrects,  Kers1 
could,  Ked2 
county,  Kent2 

cross'-examimi-ation,  Ker'-SmcTi 
cross-examined,  Kcr2-Smend 
(!ure,  Ker3 
cured,  Kred3 
curious,  Kers3 
danger,  Dee2-Jer 
dangerous,  Dee2-Jers 
dear,  Der2 

December,  Dees2-Em 
deform-ed,  Dee'-Fer 
deliver-ed,  Del2 
delivery,  Del2 
denominate-d,  Den1 
denomination,  Den1 


iso 


Word-Signs 


description,  Bkerahon1 

develop-menl ,  DeP-Pee 

developed,  DeP-Pel 

did  not,  Dent1 

didn't,  Dent1 

differ-ed-ent-ence,  Def2 

diflScult-y.Kel1 

direct-ed-ly,  Der2 

director,  Der2-Ter 

direction,  Dershon2 

disinterested,  Dees2-E  n  t  s-Ted 

displeasure,  Dees2-Zher 

do,  Dee2 

doctor,  Der1 

dollar,  Dee1 

done,  Den2 

do  not,  Dent2 

don't,  Dent2 

doubt,  Det3  (below  and  free  from 

the  line) 
down.  Den3 
duration,  Dershon3 
during,  Der3 
i'  ii  li,  (.'hay1 
each  of,  Chef1 
either,  THer1 

entertainment,  Ent-Tee2-Ment 
entire,  Enter1 
equal-ly,  Kel1 
equalled,  Keld1 
establish-ed,  Est2 
establishment,  Est2 
even,  Yen1 
ever,  Vee1 
every,  Ver2 
everything,  Ver2-Ing 
everywhere,  VerVAr 
exact-ed,  Sket3 
examine-ation,  Smen2 
examined,  Smend2 
exception-al,  Speeshon2 
exclusive,  Skels2 
expanse-ible,  Spens3 
expect-ed,  Spee1 
expectation,  Spee2 
expense,  Spens' 
expensive-nesSj  Spens 
oxperience,  Sprens2 


experienced,  Sprenflt1 

explain  at  ion,  Splen2 
explained,  Splend2 
express,  Spers2 
expressed,  Sperst2 
expresses,  Sperses2 
expression,  Spershon2 
extraordinary,  Ster2-Ard 
fall,  Fel1 

familiar-itv,  EP-Em 
family   Mel3 
lavorable-y,  Ver3- Bee 
favor-ed,  Ver3 
February,  Ef2-Bee 
feel,  Fel1 
few,  Ef3 
fill,  Fel1 
filled,  Feld1 
first,  Steh2 
follow,  Fel1 
followed,  Feld1 
for,  Ef2 

forever,  Ef2-Vee 
formation,  Fershon1 
form-ed,  For1 
former-ly,  Ferx-Ar 
formal,  FerL-Lay 
formality,  Fer^Let 
formula,  Fer'-I.nv 
forward,  Ef2-Werd 
found-ed-ation,  Fend3 
from,  Fer2 
full-y,  Fel2 
further,  Ferther2 
gave,  Gef2 
general-ly,  Jen2 
generalize,  Jens2 
generalized,  Jenst1 
gentleman,  Jent2 
gentlemen,  Jent1 
give-n,  Gay1 
go,  Gay3 
God,  Ged1 
good,  Ged2 
govern-ed-mon  t ,  Gef2 
governor,  GeP-Ray 

freat,  Gret2 
ireat  Britain,  Gret2-Bret 


Graham* s  Business  Shorthand 


181 


greater,  Gret2-Ray 
greatest,  Gretst2 
had,  Dee3 
had  not,Dent3 
hadn't,  Dent3 
happiness,  Pens3 
happy,  Pee3 
has,  Iss2 

has  as,  has  his,  Res2 
has  it,  Zet2 
has  not,  Sent2 
have,  Vee2 
he,  Chetoid2 
hear,  Arl 
heard,  Ard2 
her,  Ar1 
here,  Ar1 

hereafter,  Ar^Eft1 
heretofore,  Ret2-Ef 
her  own,  Arn1 
hers,  herself,  Ars1 
high,  I» 

highly,  Petoid-Lay1 
Trim,  Em2 
himself,  Ems2 
his,  Iss1 

his  has,  his  is,  Ses1 
home,  Em3 
hope,  Pee3 
hoped,  Pet3 
hopeful-ly,  Pef3 
hour,  Ar3 
how,  Chetoid3 
however,  Vee3 
hundred,  End2 

it  Ef1 
if  it,  Eft1 
I  have,  Teftoid1 
immediate-ly,  Med1 
importance,  Emp1 
important,  Emp1 
impossibilities,  Empses1 
impossibility,  Emps1 
impossible,  Emps1 
improve-d,  Emp2 
improvement,  Emp2 
in,  En1 


in  all,  Nel1 

indiscriminate,  Ends'-Kav 
indiscrimination,  Ends*-Kay 

inexperience,  In-Sprens2 

iinexperienced,  In-Sprenst2 

influence,  Ens1 

influenced,  Enst1 

influences,  Enses1 

influential,  En'-Shcl 

information,  Enshon1 

inform-ed,  En-Fer1 

in  order,  Nerd1 

in  our,  Ner8 

in  our  own,  Nern3 

in  regard,  Ner'-Ged 

in  reply,  Ncr-Pel1 

in  respect,  Ner-Spee2 

inscription,  In-Skershonl 

instant,  Ensf 

intellect,  Ent^-Kay 

intellectual-ly,  Ent-Ket-El2 

intelligence,  Ent-.Jens- 

intelligent  Ent-Jent2 

interest,  Ents-Tee2 

interested,  Ents-Ted1 

investigation,  En-Veeseshi >n- 

irregular-ity,  Ar2-Gay 

irrespective-ly,  Ar2-Spef 

is,  Iss1 

is  as,  Ses1 

is  his,  Ses1 

is  it,  Zet1 

is  not,  Sent1 

issue,  Ish3 

it,  Tee2 

its,  Tees2 

itself,  Tees3 

it.  had,  Tet3 

it  had  not,  Tent3 

it  ought,  Tet1 

it  ought  not,  Tent1 

it  will,  Tel2 

it  will  have,  Telf2 

it  will  not.  Tlent1 

it  would,  Tet3 

it  would  not,  Tent2 

January,  Jay2-En 

junior,  Jer3 


L82 


ll'onl-Sif/ns 


jury,  Jen* 

kind,  Kent1 

knew,  En2-Chetoid 

know,  En2 

knowledge,  En-Jay2 

known,  Nen2 

language,  Ing2 

large,  Jay3 

larger,  Jer3 

let,  Let2 

let  us,  Lets2 

long,  Ing3 

Lord,  Ard1 

machinery,  Em-Ish*-Ray 

made,  Med1 

man,  Men2 

manner,  Ner2 

manufacture-d,  Em-En-Ef2 

manufacturer,  Em-En-Ef 2 

Massachusetts,  Ems-Ohay3 

matter,  Emter2 

may,  Em2 

may  be,  Emp2 

may  not,  Ment2 

me,  Em1 

member,  Ber2 

men,  Men1 

mention,  Emshon2 

mentioned,  Emshond2 

mere,  Mer1 

merely,  Merx-Lay 

might,  Met1 

million-th,  Mel1 

mind,  Mend1 

more,  Mer2 

moreover,  Mer2-Ver 

more  than,  Mern2 

Mr.,  Mer1 

Mrs.,  Ems-Es2 

much,  Char3 

much  will,  Chel3 

my,  Em1 

my  dear  friend,  EmderJ-Frend 

my  dear  sir,  Emders'-Ray 

my  own.  Men1 

myself,  Ems1 

nature,  Xet- 

near,  Ner1 


neared,  Wrd1 

nearer,  Xer'-Ar 

nearest,  Nerst1 

oeglect-ed,  En?-Gay 

neglectful-ly,  En2-Gef 

never,  En-Vee2 

nevertheless,  EntVee2 

new,  En2-Chetoid 

New  Jersey,  En-.Jav- 

New  York,  En-Yay2 

next,  Enst2 

no,  En2 

none,  Nen2 

nor,  Ner1 

not,  Net1 

notwithstanding,  EntTee2 

November,  En-Vee2 

now,  EnVPetoid 

number,  Ber3 

numbered,  Ber3:Dee 

object',  Bee2 

ob'ject,  Bee2 

objection,  Beeshon2 

objective,  Beetiv- 

obligation,  Belshon2 

of,  Petoid1 

of  all,  Pletoid1 

of  it,  Vet1 

of  our,  Pretoid1 

of  our  own,  Prentoid1 

often,  Fen2 

of  their,  yeether1 

oh,  Dedoid2 

on,  Chetoid1 

on  all.  Cheltoid1 

one,  Wen2 

only,  'NeH 

on  our,  Chertoid1 

on  our  own,  Cherntoid1 

on  the  one  hand,  Wen'end2 

on  the  other  hand,  THrend2 

onward,  Retoid^Werd 

opinion,  X'en1 

opportunity,  Pret2 

opposition,  Peeseshon1 

oppression,  Pershon3 

or,  Tetoid1 

order-ed,  Arder' 


Graham's  Business  Shorthand 


183 


organ,  Gen1 

organization,  Genseshon1 
other,  THer3 
ought,  Jedoid1 
our,  Ar3 
our  own,  Am3 
ourself,  Ars3 
ourselves,  Arses3 
out,  Tee3 
out  of,  Tef3 
over,  Ver1 

overcome,  Ver'-Kay 
owe,  Dedoid2 
own,  En3 
owner,  Nor3 
parallel-ed,  Prel2 
parliament-ary,  Prel3 
particular-ly,  Pret1 
party,  Pee3 

peculiar-ity,  Pec2-Kay 
people-d.  Pel2 
perfect,  Perf1 
perfected,  Perf'-Ket 
perfection,  Pershon1 
Pennsylvania,  Pees^Vee 
perform-ed-ance,  Per2-Fer 
permit-ted,  Per2-Met 
plaintiff,  Plent2 
platform,  Plet2-Fer 
pleasure,  Zher2 
position,  Peeseshon2 
possession,  Peeseshon3 
possibility,  Pees1 
possible-y,  Pees1 
practicable,  Per3-Ket 
practical-ly,  Per3 
practice,  Per3 
practiced,  Perst3 
practices,  Pers3 
preliminary,  Prel1 
pretty,  Pret  2 
principal,  Per2 
principle,  Per2 
probable-y,  Per2- Bee 
probability,  Per2-Bee 
product,  Per2-Dee 
professor,  Pref2 
profit-ed,  Preft1 


promote-d,  Per'-Met 

j>rompt-ed,  Per'-Met 

proof,  Pref2 

proper,  Per1 

property,  Per'-Pee 

prophet,  Preft1 

propriety,  Per1 

prove,  Pref2 

public-ation,  Pee-- Bee 

publish-ed-er,  Pee^-Bee 

put,  Pet3  (below  and  free  from 

the  line) 
question,  Ken2 
quite,  Ket1 
rather,  Rayther2 
read,  Ard1 
real-ly,  Rel1 
reality,  Rel1 
realize,  Rels1 
realized,  Relst1 
refer-red-ence,  Ra},2-Ef 
refers,  Ray2-Efs 
references,  RayVEfs 
reform-ed,  Ray^Fer 
regular-ity,  Ray2-Gay 
relate-d,  Rel3 
relation,  Rel2 
remark-ed,  Mer1 
remarkable-y,  Mer-Bel2 
remember,  Ber2 
remembered,  Ber2:Dee 
remembrance,  Brens1 
represent,  Ray2-Pee 
represented,  Ray-'-PeeiDce1 
represent  at  ion,  Ray'--Pccshon 
represent  at  ive,  Ray2-Pcetiv 
respect -ful-ly,  Rays2-Pee 
respect ive-ly,  Ray2-Spef 
rule-d,  Rel3 
same  time,  Semt2-Kin 
satisfaction,  Steeshon3 
satisfy-ied,  Stee3 
satisfactory,  Stee3 
secure,  Sker3 
secured,  Skred3 
security,  Skret* 
see,  Es1 
September,  Spot --Km 


1X1 


Word-Signs 


several,  Svce2 
shall,  l-lr 
sliare,  Slier1 
shared,  Sherd'1 
slie,  Isli1 
should,  Chetoid2 
should  all,  Cheltoid2 
should  our,  ( 'hertoid2 

Bignificancy,  Seen1 
significant-ce,  Sgay1 

situation,  Stecshon1 

so,  Es2 

something,  Sein2-Ing 

sometime,  Semt2 

somewhat,  Semt1 

sooner  than,  Snern3 

special-ty-Spee' 

spirit,  Spret1 

station,  Steeshon2 

stranger,  Stcr--Jer 

.subject,  Iss-Bee2 

subjected,  Sbee-':.Jay 

subjection,  Sbeeshon2 

subjective,  Sbeetiv2 

superintend-ed-ent,  Sprent3 

supply,  Spel2 

supplied,  Spied2 

suppress,  Spers3 

suppressed,  Sperst3 

suppresses,  Sperses3 

suppression,  Spershon3 

surprise,  Spers1 

surprised,  Sperst1 

surprises,  Sperses1 

sure,  Sher2 

surelv,  Shrcl2 

tell,  Tel2 

than,  Tuen1 

thank-ed,  Ith1 

that,  Tnet1 

the,  a  dot  above  the  line 

their,  Tner2 

their  own,  Tuern- 

them,  Tuee2 

themselves,  Tueeses2 

then,  Turn2 

there,  Tner2 

thereafter,  Tner"-]    i 


iherefoi-e,  Ther--Kt 
thereof,  THer^Petoid1 
t  hereon ,  Tner2 :( Jhetoid1 
thereto,  THerS-Petoid 

these,  Tuecs1 

they,  Tuee2 

they  are,  THer2 

I  hey  will,  ThcI2 

thing,  Ing1 

think,  Ith2 

this,  Tnees2 

those,  THees3 

though,  Tuee3 

thought,  Itht1 

thousand,  Ith3 

through,  Ther2 

throughout,  Thret2 

thus,  THees3 

till.  Tel2 

till  it,  Telt1 

time,  Tee1 

to,  Petoid2 

to  all,  Pletoid2 

to  be,  Bee3 

to  become,  Bee!-Kay 

together,  Gay2 

to  have,  Peftoid2 

to  have  been,  Ben3 

told,  Telt2 

too,  Bedoid2 

to  our,  Pretoid2 

to  our  own,  Prentoid2 

toward,  Tred2 

towards,  Treds2 

transfer- red,  Ters2-Ef 

transgress,  Ters*-Gays 

transform-ed,  Ters2-Fer 

transient,  Tershont2 

trulv,  Trel3 

truth,  Ter2 

truthful-lv,  Tref2 

twelve-th,  Telf2 

two,  Bedoid8 

under,  End' 

understood,  Ends-Ted2 

uniform-ity,  En-Fer3 

United  States,  Enses1 

unless,  Nels1 


Word-Signs 


185 


until,  Tel3 

until  it,  Telt3 

up,  Pee2 

upon,  Pen2 

us,  Es3 

use  (noun),  Es3 

use  (verb),  Zee3 

used,  Zed3 

usual-ly,  Zhay2 

valuable,  Vel3-Bel 

value,  Vel3 

valued,  Veld3 

very,  Ver2 

want,  Went1 

was,  Zee2 

way,  Way2 

we,  We1 

we  are,  Wer1 

we  are  not,  Wernt1 

we  are  of,  Werf1 

we  can,  Weh'-Km 

we  cannot,  Weh'-Kent 

we  know,  Wen1 

we  may,  Wem1 

we  may  not,  Wemcnt1 

well,  Wei* 

were,  W£h2 

were  not,  Wernt2 

we  were,  we  would,  Way'weh1 

were  what,  were  with,  Weh'weh1 

were  yet,  were  j'ou,  Weh'yeh2 

we  will,  Wei1 

we  will  not,  Welent1 

what,  Wuh1 

whatever,  Tef2 

what  we,  what  were,  Wuh'wuh' 

what  with,   what   would,   Wuh' 

wuli1 
what  yet,  what  you,  Wuh'yuh1 
when,  Wen1 
whenever,  Wen-Veea 
where,  Wer* 
wherefore,  Wer2-Ef 
whereof,  Werf2 
wherever,  Wer*-Vee 
whether,  Wayther2 


which,  Chay2 

which  are,  Cher2 

whichever,  Chef-' 

which  have,  Chef2 

which  will,  Chel2 

which  will  not,  Chlent1 

while,  Wei1 

who,  Jedoid2 

who  are,  Jerdoid2 

whoever,  Jeftoid2 

who  have,  Cheftoid2 

whole,  Lay3 

whom,  Jedoid2 

whose,  Jedsoid2 

whosesoever,  Jedsoid2:Iss 

whosoever,  Jedsoid2-Vee 

who  will,  Jeltoid2 

why,  Way1 

will,  Lay2 

will  not,  Lent1 

wish,  Ish1 

with,  WeTi1 

with  him,  Wem2 

within,  Tuen1 

with  me,  Wem1 

with  my,  Wem1 

without,  Tuet- 

with  what,  Weh'weh1 

wished,  Isht1 

word,  Wcrd2 

world,  Eld2 

would,  Wuh2 

would  we,  Wuh'wuh2 

would  what,  Wuh'wuh2 

would  yet,  Wuh'yuh8 

would  you,  Wuh'yuh2 

year-s,  Ygh1 

yet.  Ych2 

yicld-ed,  Yeld1 

you,Yuh2 

you  were,  you  would,  Yuh'u  uh- 

your,  Yay2 

your  own,  Yayn2 

yours,  yourself,  Yays-' 

yourselves,  Yayses2 

your  ownself,  Yayn*:Isa 


■^ 


PUBLICATIONS  OF 
ANDREW  J.  GRAHAM  &  CO. 

1133   Broadway,   New   York 

Shorthand  Instruction  Books 
Handbook  of  Standard  Phonography.   Presents 

every  principle  with  such  completeness  of  explanation 
and  fullness  of  illustration  as  to  leave  for  faithful  students 
no  unanswered  questions. 

Thousands  have  learned  Phonography  thoroughly 
without  a  teacher  from  this  book  alone.  12  mo.  440  pages, 
including  a  Brief  Phonographic  Dictionary. 

Cloth,  price,  $2.00;  postpaid,  $2.10. 

Handbook  Writing  Exercise  Blank,   in  pamphlet 

form  only.    96  pages.     Price,     15  cents;  postpaid,  18  cents 

Graham's  Business  Shorthand.   For  use  in  public 

and  private  commercial  schools.  Thirty-three  short 
lessons  presenting  the  subject  in  accordance  with  the 
principles  of  modern  pedagogy-.  Position  writing,  phras- 
ing, and  finality  of  outline  from  the  start.  Outlines  for 
words  in  the  first  lesson.  Sentences  in  the  second  lesson. 
Business  letters  after  the  sixth  lesson.  Emphasis  on 
commercial  vocabulary.  Early  introduction  of  the  halv- 
ing principle.     Simplification  of  rules.     Cloth,  price,  $1.50. 

Amanuensis  Phonography.  Presents  a  style  equal 
to  the  briefest  of  any  other  system.  Forty-one  short 
lessons  in  the  principles,  followed  by  abundant  reading 
and  writing  exercises.  12  mo.,  250  pages.  Cloth,  price,  $1.50. 
Key  to  the  I  Reading  Exercises  of  Amanuensis  Phonog- 
raphy. Price,  15  cents. 

Amanuensis  Phonography  Writing  Exercise 

Blank.  In  pamphlet  [form,  with  lines  on  which  to  write 
the  shorthand  signs  under  the  printed  words;  and  with 
space  for  corrections  by  a  teacher.     95  pages. 

Price,  15  cents;     postpaid,  18  cents. 

The  same  in  loose  leaves,  printed  on  one  side  only — 

most    convenient    form    for    correspondence    lessons,    in 

connection  with  the  text -book.  Price,  25  cents. 

The  Synopsis.  This  book  is  well  adapted  to  the  use 
either  of  classes  or  of  private  students.  It  consists  of — 
(1)  The  Synopsis,  in  which  all  the  elementary  principles 
are  unmistakably  presented,  with  over  eight  hundred 
engraved  illustrations;  (2)  The  Correspondent's  List,  compris- 

I 


ins  an  alphabetical  list  of  Word-Signs,  Contractions, 
Phrase-Signs,  Prefixes  and  Affixes;  (3)  The  Reading 
Exercises,  in  which  there  is  extended  illustration  of  the 
application  <>f  the  principles  of  each  section  ol  The  Synop- 
sis.    12  mo.     Cloth,  70  pages.  Price,  50  cents. 

Dictation  Books 

First  Dictation.  One  hundred  and  ninety  progres- 
sively graded  business  letters  in  shorthand  to  accompany 
and  follow  Amanuensis  Phonography.  A  letter  for  drill 
on  each  principle  after  the  tenth  lesson  and  165  letters 
for  practice  after  the  completion  of  the  text.  Also  con- 
tains shorthand  outlines  for  the  names  of  more  than  200 
principal  American  cities  and  about  200  of  the  most 
common  legal  terms.  90  pages,  without  key,  50  cent--; 
with  separately  bound  key,  65  cents;   key  alone,  25  cents. 

Business  Letters,  First  Series.    A   collection   of 

100  business  letters,  on  a  great  variety  of  subjects,  with 
key.     12  mo.,  96  pages.  Cloth,  price,  50  cents. 

Business  Letters,  Second  Series.  Another  collec- 
tion, but  more  difficult,  because  on  more  technical  subjects. 
They  afford  a  fine  drill  in  the  vocabulary  of  manufac- 
ture and  commerce.  12  mo.,  93  pages.  Cloth,  price,  50  cents 

Amanuensis  Practice.  An  extensive  and  varied 
collection  of  business  letters  and  miscellaneous  articles. 
The  shorthand  and  key  are  in  parallel  columns,  and  the 
foot-notes  give  instruction  in  phrase-writing.  12  mo., 
154  pages.  Cloth,  price,  SI. 2.5. 

First  Reader.  For  extended  practice  in  the  elementary 
principles,  as  presented  in  the  Handbook.  The  extensive 
foot-notes  and  references  to  the  Handbook  are  of  great 
value  to  all  who  desire  to  attain  a  high  degree  of  accuracy 
in  writing.     12  mo.,  160  pages  (68  in  shorthand). 

Cloth,  price,  Si. 25. 

Second  Reader.  Exemplifies  the  advanced  principles 
of  the  system,  as  practiced  by  the  author  during  his  ex- 
tended and  distinguished  career  as  a  reporter.  No  other 
book  so  thoroughly  teaches  the  value  of  phrase-writing 
for  speed  and  legibility.  12  mo.,  223  pages  (46  in  short- 
hand). Cloth,  price,  S  1.25. 

Reference  Books 
Standard  Phonographic  Dictionary.    The  most 

useful  and  comprehensive  shorthand  dictionary — and  the 
only  authoritative  one  of  the  Graham  system.  Gives  the  out- 
line names  for  about  60,000  words  and  an  equal  number  of 
phrase-.  12  mo.,  1053  pages.  Cloth,  price,S2.50;Leather, S3. 50. 
By  mail,  20  cents  more  on  each  copy. 

II 


The  Reporter's  List.  Presents  in  one  list  the  various 
lists  of  word-signs  in  the  Handbook,  with  thousands  of 
other  words  for  comparison,  contrast  and  distinction. 
Following  each  word-sign  are  the  full  outlines  for  the  word 
and  many  of  its  derivatives;  and,  for  comparison,  other 
words  having  similar  consonants.  Thus,  in  a  glance,  are 
presented  words  which  need  to  be  distinguished  by  out- 
line, position,  or  vocalization;  and  the  modes  of  distinc- 
tion are  most  easily  remembered  by  this  presentation. 

In  addition  to  the  engraved  pages,  of  which  there  are 
1,000,  there  are  107  pages  of  Notes  in  common  print. 

The  list  is  arranged  in  the  phonographic  alphabetical 
order,  but  any  word-sign  may  be  easily  found  by  refer- 
ence to  the  index. 

This  is  the  best  reference  book  of  engraved  signs  for  the 
"Short  Cuts"  of  the  Graham  System.     1,126  pages. 

Cloth,  price,  $3.20;  Leather,  $4.25. 

Correspondent's  List  of  Word-Signs.  An  indis- 
pensable pocket  companion  for  every  student  of  Graham 
shorthand,  as  it  contains  all  the  most  important  word- 
signs   in   convenient    form   to   carry    in    the   pocket. 

In  paper  covers,  price,  15  cents. 

The  Little  Teacher.  A  pocket  volume,  for  convenient 
reference  to  all  of  the  principal  elements  of  the  system. 
It  comprises:  (1)  The  Outline;  (2)  Reading  Exercises — 
furnishing  an  exercise  on  each  section  of  the  Outline 
— (3)  Lists  of  the  most  commonly  used  word-signs. 

Cloth,  price,  40  cents;  paper  covers,  25  cents. 

Supplementary  Practice  Books 

Students  of  shorthand  who  confine  their  practice  en- 
tirely to  commercial  subjects  do  not  lay  the  broad  founda- 
tion necessary  for  general  reporting,  nor  even  for  high 
grade  amanuensis  work.  They  should  enlarge  their 
vocabulary  of  outlines  by  practice  on  many  different 
kinds  of  subject  matter,  and  especially  on  that  which  is 
recognized  as  among  the  best  of  its  class. 

The   Legend    of   Sleepy  Hollow,  by  Washington 

Irving. — Without  key.     12  mo.,  39  pages. 

Paper  covers,  price,  20  cents. 

Conservation  of  Natural  Resources.  An  address 

by  President  Roosevelt  to  the  Governors  of  the  several 
States,  at  the  White  House,  May  13,  L908.  This  should 
be  taken  up  for  practice  after  the  completion  of  Amanuensis 
Phonography.      12  mo.,  24  pages. 

Paper  covers,  price,  10  cents 

III 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 

This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


v- 


m 


4 

1974 


**» 


^m«^ 


y 


J>S&* 


t\hl^  , 


'JUN  1  ° 


Form  L9-10m-3,'48(A7920)444 


UNIVERSITY  ot  CALIFORNIA 

AT 
LOS  ANGELES 


A/ 


3  1158  01105  036 


UC  SOUTHERN  BEgN^ 

WtgJSSJr 

Aft    001  168  W« 


